US Price List - Office...
Transcript of US Price List - Office...
August 2008
US Price List
1
Statement of Line 3Finishes and Optional Fronts 4Panel Height Compatibility Matrix 7Media Storage 8Sliding Rail Quantities 9Lock Locations 10Case Weights/Cubes 13Conditions of Sale K-2
LUS6400
O F F I C E S P E C I A L T Y F I L I N G a n d S T O R A G E
Drawer and shelves for basic cabinet interiors H-12Shop Drawings - laterals H-14Pedestal construction features & benefits H-19Pedestals - preconfigured H-20Shop Drawings - pedestals H-22
7900 Series A
Lateral file construction features & benefits A-2Laterals - preconfigured A-3Bookcases A-6
Hinged door cabinets A-7Pedestals construction features & benefits A-12Desk Height, letter width A-13Workplace Towers A-15
Laterals B
Lateral file construction features & benefits B-210 1⁄2" Fixed front pullout drawers B-3Individually locking drawers B-712" Fixed front pullout drawers B-912" Lift-up doors with pullout shelves B-1612" Lift-up doors with fixed shelves B-1913 1⁄2" Fixed front EDP drawers B-2115" Fixed front EDP drawers B-23Secure Files B-24CD Storage B-25Lateral-Ped B-26Multi Units B-27
SuperStor™ Insert B-32Sliding door cabinets B-36Hinged door cabinets B-38SuperStor™ cabinets B-47Bookcase/File cabinets B-49Basic cabinets B-50Basic cabinets with Security Lock Bar B-52Interior drawers with accessories B-5324", 27" & 39" Hinged door cabinet inserts B-56Drawer and shelf interiors B-57Hinged door inserts for basic cabinet interiors B-67SuperStor™ inserts for basic cabinet interiors B-68Flex tops B-70
Pedestals C
Pedestal construction features & benefits C-1Desk height, letter width C-2Cushion Pedestals C-7Radius & Linear hinged door pedestals C-8
Radius & Linear Caddi-Stor C-9Radius & Linear Lateral-Ped C-10Keyboard height, letter width C-11Desk height, legal width C-13
Custom Profile H
Lateral file construction features & benefits H-2Laterals - preconfigured H-3Multi Units H-5Hinged door cabinets H-6Basic cabinets H-10
Bookcase & Display Cabinets IBookcases I-2 Display cabinets I-4
Accessories J
Lateral accessories J-2Laminate Tops J-7Nuform Tops J-8Veneer Tops J-9
Flex tops J-10Pedestal accessories J-11Vertical accessories J-13
Verticals D
Vertical construction features & benefits D-1Preconfigured verticals D-2Vertical Towers D-3
Towers E
Modular Towers E-1
Cabinet construction features & benefits E-2Base Modules E-3Base Modules with MoPed E-6MoPed Interior Components E-7Stack Modules E-8Slimline Tower E-10Monolithic Towers E-11Whiteboards E-27Mobile Kit E-27
Workplace Towers & Lockers E-28
Cabinet construction features & benefits E-29Workplace Towers E-30Workplace Lockers E-37Cubbi-Stor E-41Mobile Support for Towers and Lockers E-42Flex Tops E-43
Optional Fronts F
9900 Series Designer Front F-2Acoustical Files F-3
Impressions F-5
GRID G
Laterals G-2
Construction features & benefits G-2Fixed Front Pullout Drawers G-3Storage Cabinets G-5Storage Cabinets with Glazed Doors G-10Multi-Units G-14Multi-Units with Glazed Doors G-18
Pedestals G-20
Construction features & benefits G-20Desk Height Application G-21Towers G-23
Construction features & benefits G-2324"w & 24"w, 24"d G-24
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com2 August 2008
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 3
S T A T E M E N T O F L I N E
Series
Pull Detail
7900 Series 9900 Series Storage Centers Radius Series Linear Series Arcus Series Grid
Laterals
Pre-configured in 7 heights • •Build-up capability in
42 case heights • • • • •3 drawer heights
3",10 1⁄2" & 12"•
3 drawer heights
6", 10 1⁄2" & 12"•
8 drawer heights
3" to 16 1⁄2"• • •
10 drawer heights
3" to 16 1⁄2" • •
Hinged door cabinets • • • • • • •Multi Units
24" Hinged door insert • • • •27" & 39" Hinged door inserts • • • • •Bookcase/file cabinets • • • •
Acoustical Files •Secure Files • • •4 Designer fronts •Custom Impression Patterns •Glazed Doors •Pedestals
Desk Height, Letter Width • • • • • • •Desk Height, Legal Width • • • • •Keyboard Height, Letter Width • • • • •Cushion Pedestal, Letter Width • • • • •Caddi-Stor • •Verticals
Letter & Legal Width • • •Vertical Towers • •Towers & Lockers
Modular Towers • • •Workplace Towers & Lockers • • • • •
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com4
F I N I S H E S A N D O P T I O N A L F R O N T S
Office Specialty offers 60 standard colors, 20 textured finishes and an array of custom colors. Please refer to the matrix below to see availability by product line.
60 Standard
Colors
20 Textured Colors Custom (non-
standard) Colors
7900 Series •9900 Series • • •Storage Centers • • •Radius Series • • •Linear Series • • •Arcus Series • • •Grid • • •Custom Profile Series • • •Bookcase/Display Cabinets • • •
Paint Finish Availability Matrix
Standard Colors
All cabinets are finished with a two-coat electrostaticenamel that provides a high-quality, fade and chip resis-tant surface with a gloss level of 37.5%. Refer to our cur-rent Color Guide for standard color selection.
All interior drawer bodies, shelves, accessories andexposed hardware (excluding European style hinges, andlocks on the 7900 Series, 9900 Series and StorageCenters).
Standard colors include a selection of mica/metal-lic colors available at no upcharge.
Custom (non-standard) Colors
Office Specialty offers colors matched to a customer’sspecification when possible. This matching is donethrough a database of over 2,000 existing color formu-las or the development of a new custom color. A min-imum order value of $3,000 net per custom colorapplies to each order. A $250 net fee applies for eachcustom color below this minimum. In addition, CustomPremium colors (bright whites and bright colors; tex-tured paints; and reflection paints that use mica, alu-minum or special chemical to create their reflectiveproperties) will be subject to a 10% upcharge to thenet value of the product.
Multi-Color Cabinets
For multi-color cabinets where the case is one color andthe drawer fronts are a second color, the followingupcharge applies: Quantities of 15 or more units, add$250 list. Quantities less than 15 units add $500 list. (Tiebars and reference shelves will be painted the same coloras the fronts.)Note: Multi-color cabinets are not available on 7900Series.
Lock Finishes
Locks are available in Chrome or Black finish only.Specify.
Optional Fronts for Radius Series Drawers and Doors
1) Impressions®
Radius Series drawers and doors may be customizedwith knock outs or embossing. By using these tech-niques an infinite number of geometries can be createdto produce a clean, uncluttered, and entirely uniqueeffect. An added feature is the ability to paint the metallining behind the knock out a contrasting color to thecabinet to achieve a stunning dimensional look.
Impression patterns must fit inside a designatedarea of the drawer or door and are subject to pre-approval. Refer to page F-5 for specification information.
Note: Mirror images and pattern rotations of the originaldesign specified for separate drawer/door fronts areconsidered distinctive patterns and are subject to theregular pattern set up charge.
2) Acoustical Files
Radius Series Acoustical Files feature perforated, soundabsorbing drawer fronts and liners. The NRC of thesecabinets is .95 which equals or exceeds values typicallyachieved by acoustical panels. Refer to page F-3 for pric-ing and selection.
3) Custom Profile
Custom Profile lateral, pedestal and hinged door cabi-nets are complete assembled units without fronts.Specifiers may design their own cabinet fronts using avariety of materials.
Refer to the Custom Profile section for a selection ofbasic cabinets and preconfigured cabinets. Detailedshop drawings depicting drawer and door fabricationspecifications are included in the Custom Profile section.
Office Specialty reserves the right to approve all
requests for special finishes.
Default Optional Optional
7900 Series BC BL SC
9900 Series BC BL SC
Storage Centers BC BL SC
Radius Series BL BC SC
Linear Series BL BC SC
Arcus Series BL BC SC
Custom Profile BL BC SC
Grid - Wenge BL BC SC
Grid - Cherry/Maple SC BL BC
Grid - MDF SC BL BC
Grid - Woodgrain/Patterns SC BL BC
Lock Finish Availability Matrix
BL = Black
BC = Bright Chrome
SC = Satin Chrome
FINISHESColor Code Name Quickship Colors Textured Colors
Finish Code Matrix 004 Bisque ♠ ♦Standard finishes are prefixed with an "E" and textured 010 Chinook ♠finishes are prefixed with an "ET". 013 Onyx ♠ ♦
022 Frost ♠ ♦♠ - indicates availability as Quickship colors. Quickship 023 Arctic ♦includes all pre-configured units in 20 colors. Contact 024 Champagne ♠ ♦customer service for Quickship details. 052 Titanium ♦
055 Mushroom ♠♦ - indicates availability as textured color. 063 Krypton Reflections ♠ ♦
066 Cinder Reflections ♦Note: A 10% upcharge is applicable to the net value of 112 Soapstone ♠ ♦the product for textured colors. 121 Warm White ♠ ♦
122 Mist ♠123 Sandstone ♠ ♦124 Light Taupe ♠ ♦126 Medium Gray ♦127 Nickel Reflections ♦128 Slate Reflections ♦160 Quartz ♠168 Glacier White ♠205 Charcoal Gray ♠ ♦217 Pebble Gray ♠ ♦223 Deep White ♠ ♦255 Mocha274 Latte ♠281 Juniper Reflections282 Quicksilver Reflections284 Sunstone Reflections ♠ ♦290 Aluminum Leaf ♠ ♦300 Sasha301 Elson302 Shade303 Anonymous304 Urban305 Dorian306 Dover307 Jubilee308 Softer Tan309 Storm Cloud310 Rice Grain311 Ramie312 Favorite Tan314 High Tea315 Stone Reflections316 Dovetail Reflections317 Yorkshire318 Coriander319 Snowcap320 Salem321 Burnt Sierra322 Drizzle323 Scroll324 Cumin325 Seagull326 Smoke327 Gunpowder Blue328 Moonlight329 Starlight Silver330 Martini Reflections332 Laminate White
Office Specialty August 2008 5
FINISHESArcus Pulls Plastic LaminateArcus Pulls are available in any of the 60 standard (non- OCC01 Wildcherrytextured) finishes. OCC02 Maple
OCC03 White TigrisPainted MDF fronts OCC04 Natural TigrisE024 Champagne OCC05 Evening TigrisE122 Mist OCC06 Neutral GlaceE126 Medium Grey OCC07 WhiteE168 Glacier White OCC08 PumiceE205 Charcoal Grey OCC09 Antique White
OCC10 Pepper DustNuform Fronts and Tops OCC11 Light Mid ValueThe Nuform top is a thermo-formable polymer based sheet OCC12 Greycontinuously bonded to a 1 1⁄4”thick MDF substrate. The OCC13 White Speckpolymer sheet is surface coated with a scratch resistant film. OCC14 MadagascarColors are homogenous throughout the film thickness. Top OCC15 Asian Sandand edge are one continuous surface with no edge seams. OCC16 River CherryThe underside of the top is finished in a low pressure mel- OCC17 Wengeamine. Nuform tops are available in Solid and Woodgrain colors. Nuform tops may be specified from the Accessories In addition, all Wilson Art with a "Matte – 60" finish, all section. Formica with a “Matte – 58”finish, all Nevamar with"Textured
(T)" finish and all Pionite with "Suede (N)" finishare available Nuform Solid at standard prices,however they are subjectto a $150 F121 Warm White set-up fee for orders under 10 worksurfaces.F122 MistF123 Sandstone Veneer WorksurfacesF127 Frosty White Veneer thickness is 0.025". Overall thickness of the top is
1-1/4". The stain color is impregnated throughout the*Nuform Fronts are not available in Solid finish. veneer for color consistency. The open pore veneer is
clear coated with a catalyzed lacquer utilizing a multi-step process and has a gloss value of 45° when dry. Tops are
Nuform Woodgrain constructed utilizing 45 lbs. density particle board with an F08 Tannery Maple engineered balanced backer for structural integrity. Tops F09 Honey Brown are edged in 3mm thick same species Veneer and do not F10 Musique Maple have a pencil groove.F11 Jewel CherryF14 Laguna Pebble Composite VeneerF15 Camby Cherry VC001 CherryF16 River Cherry VC002 MapleF18 Milky Sketch VC003 Wenge
Natural VeneerNuform Patterns* VN001 Natural CherryF21 Fibers Concrete VN002 Standard CherryF22 Studio White Dust VN003 Natural MapleF23 Cashmere Fiber VN004 Cape Coast WalnutF24 Olympia Apple VN005 Natural WalnutF26 Urban Walnut
*Natural Veneer finishes are not available on Storage fronts.* Nuform patterns have been pre-tested and approved butare not part of Inscape's standard offering. These Nuform Note: Custom stains on Veneers are available at anfoils are subject based on availability from the vendor. additional 20% upcharge and an extra week of leadtime.
Due to the natural variations of wood products,Laminate Tops Inscape cannot guarantee the exact matching ofTops are self-edged, high pressure plastic laminate color or grain patterns.with a backing sheet over a core of high density particle board. Tops are mounted onto cabinets using double sided tape which is included. The following Wilsonart laminates are available at no upcharge.
6 Office Specialty August 2008
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 7
P A N E L H E I G H T C O M P A T I B I L I T Y M A T R I X
Office Specialty lateral files are manufactured in 1 1⁄2" increments and availablein 42 case heights ranging in size form 18" to 80", making it possible to matchvirtually any panel height. The Panel Height Compatibility Matrix shows OfficeSpecialty's case heights against the most commonly used panel heights.
Panel Heights Office Specialty's Case Heights
Lateral Workplace ModularFiles Lockers & Towers Towers
30" 29 7⁄8"
33" 32 7⁄8"
34" 32 7⁄8"
36" 35 7⁄8"
38" 37 3⁄8" 36 1⁄4"
39" 38 7⁄8"
40" 38 7⁄8"
42" 41 7⁄8"
45" 44 7⁄8" 43 3⁄8"
47" 46 3⁄8" 46 3⁄4"
48" 47 7⁄8"
49" 47 7⁄8" 48 1⁄4"
50" 49 3⁄8" 49 3⁄4"
51" 50 7⁄8"
53" 52 3⁄8"
54" 53 7⁄8"
56" 55 3⁄8"
62" 61 3⁄8" 61 3⁄8" 61 3⁄4"
63" 62 7⁄8" 62 7⁄8"
64" 62 7⁄8" 63 1⁄4"
66" 65 7⁄8"
67" 65 7⁄8"
68" 67 3⁄8"
70" 68 7⁄8"
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com8 August 2008
M E D I A S T O R A G E
Drawer size and the typical media stored
Pencils, pens, business cards, paper clips…
Index Cards, microfiche, microfilm, envelopes, 3 1⁄2" diskettes, harddisk cartridge, videotapes…•5 1⁄4" diskettes, HP Rewritable Optical Disk (CD ROM), Audio Tapes,and CD's…
Special Applications, oversized items…
•Top Tab Folders (suspended)8 1⁄2" x 11" letter, 8 1⁄2" x 14" legal, 8 1⁄2" x 14 7⁄8" EDP
•Top Tab Folders (non-suspended)8 1⁄2" x 11" letter, 8 1⁄2" x 14" legal, 8 1⁄2" x 14 7⁄8" EDP
•EDP Accodata Binders and non-suspended Tape Seals, books,manuals…
X-Rays, Oversized EDP Printouts and European Binders…
End Tab Folders (non-suspended), 7", 8 1⁄2" Tape Seals,8 1⁄2" x 14 7⁄8" Suspended Binders…
Binder Storage - 11 3⁄4"H, 10 1⁄2" Tape Seals,8 1⁄2" x 14 7⁄8" Suspended Binders…Binder Storage - 13 1⁄4"H, 10 1⁄2" Tape Seals,11" x 14 7⁄8" Suspended Binders…
•European Binder - 14 3⁄4"H, Office Equipment (ie. copier, etc.)…
3" fi
xed
front
6"
fixe
d fro
nt
7.5"
fixe
d fro
nt
9" fi
xed
front
10
.5" f
ixed
front
12
" fixe
d fro
nt
13.5
" fixe
d fro
nt
15" f
ixed
front
16
.5" f
ixed
front
12" l
ift u
p do
or
13.5
" lift
up
door
15
" lift
up
door
16
.5" l
ift u
p do
or
Note: A comprehensive manual is available to help you determine the most efficient method of storing specific types of media. The "Filing Guide"contains: a complete breakdown of exterior and interior case dimensions of all product lines, drawer capacities by media type, hinged door capac-ities by media type and a glossary of terms.
Drawer Size
F ixed front drawers Lift up doors
Office Specialty - Storwal
Capacity GuideSPECSSPECS
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 9
S L I D I N G R A I L Q U A N T I T I E S
For front-to-back filing
30" W
Type of filing.............................
Sliding Rail quantities
for front-to-back filing
Highest efficiencyxx"
36" W
42" W
2-SR(30")
1-SR(15")
1-SR(15")
1-SR(15")
2-SR(30")
2-SR(30")
2-SR(30")
1-SR(30")
1-SR(30")
3-SR(45")
2-SR(45")
2-SR(30")
2-SR(30")
2-SR(30")
3-SR(45")
Letter Size
Legal Size
14 7⁄8" x 11" EDP
14 7⁄8" x 8 1⁄2" EDP
8 1⁄2" x 11" EDP
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com10 August 2008
L O C K L O C A T I O N S
For all product lines except Modular Towers
Laterals Bookcase/File Sliding Doors Hinged Doors Multi-Units
Radius & Linear Workplace Lockers and Towers
9900 Workplace Towers Verticals Vertical Towers
Pedestals
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 11
L O C K L O C A T I O N S
Modular Towers
With MoPed With Hinged Door Double Pedestal Base Module
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com12 August 2008
L O C K L O C A T I O N S
Grid
Laterals Hinged Doors - 24" interior height Hinged Doors - all except 24" Pedestals
interior height
Towers - Right hand hinged door Towers - Left hand hinged doorMulti-Units
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 13
C A S E W E I G H T S / C U B E S
For basic cabinet cases
Basic 30" wide 36" wide 42" wide
Cabinet Exterior Weights Cubes Weights Cubes Weights Cubes
No. Height lbs (kg) ft (m) lbs (kg) ft (m) lbs (kg) ft (m)
25
27
30
33
36
37
38
39
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
54
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
64
65
67
68
70
71
73
74
75
76
78
79
81
82
84
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
(11.3)
(12.2)
(13.6)
(14.9)
(16.3)
(16.7)
(17.2)
(17.6)
(18.6)
(19)
(19.5)
(19.9)
(20)
(21.3)
(21.7)
(22.2)
(22.6)
(23.1)
(23.5)
(24.5)
(25.4)
(25.8)
(26.3)
(26.7)
(27.2)
(27.6)
(28.1)
(29)
(29.4)
(30.3)
(30.8)
(31.7)
(32.2)
(33)
(33.5)
(34)
(34.4)
(35.3)
(35.8)
(36.7)
(37)
(38)
17 5⁄8
19 3⁄8"
20 7⁄8"
22 3⁄8"
23 7⁄8"
25 3⁄8"
26 7⁄8"
28 3⁄8"
29 7⁄8"
31 3⁄8"
32 7⁄8"
34 3⁄8"
35 7⁄8"
37 3⁄8"
38 7⁄8"
40 3⁄8"
41 7⁄8"
43 3⁄8"
44 7⁄8"
46 3⁄8"
47 7⁄8"
49 3⁄8"
50 7⁄8"
52 3⁄8"
53 7⁄8"
55 3⁄8"
56 7⁄8"
58 3⁄8"
59 7⁄8"
61 3⁄8"
62 7⁄8"
64 3⁄8"
65 7⁄8"
67 3⁄8"
68 7⁄8"
70 3⁄8"
71 7⁄8"
73 3⁄8"
74 7⁄8"
76 3⁄8"
77 7⁄8"
79 3⁄8"
8
9
10
10
11
11
12
13
14
14
14
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
24
25
26
26
27
28
28
29
29
30
31
31
32
32
33
(.22)
(.25)
(.28)
(.28)
(.31)
(.31)
(.34)
(.37)
(.40)
(.40)
(.40)
(.42)
(.45)
(.45)
(.48)
(.48)
(.51)
(.51)
(.54)
(.56)
(.59)
(.59)
(.62)
(.62)
(.65)
(.65)
(.68)
(.68)
(.71)
(.74)
(.74)
(.76)
(.79)
(.79)
(.82)
(.82)
(.85)
(.88)
(.88)
(.91)
(.91)
(.93)
31
34
38
41
44
45
46
47
49
50
52
53
54
56
58
59
60
62
64
66
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
78
79
81
82
84
85
86
87
89
90
92
93
95
(14)
(15.4)
(17.2)
(18.6)
(19.9)
(20)
(21)
(21.3)
(22.2)
(22.6)
(23.5)
(24)
(24.5)
(25.4)
(26.3)
(26.7)
(27.2)
(28.1)
(29)
(29.9)
(30.8)
(31.2)
(31.7)
(32.2)
(32.6)
(33)
(33.5)
(34)
(34.4)
(35.3)
(35.8)
(36.7)
(37)
(38)
(38.5)
(39)
(39.4)
(40)
(40.8)
(41.7)
(42)
(43)
10
10
11
12
13
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
18
19
20
20
21
22
23
23
24
25
26
26
27
27
28
29
30
30
31
32
33
33
34
35
36
36
37
37
37
39
(.28)
(.28)
(.31)
(.34)
(.37)
(.37)
(.40)
(.42)
(.45)
(.45)
(.48)
(.51)
(.51)
(.54)
(.56)
(.56)
(.59)
(.62)
(.65)
(.65)
(.68)
(.71)
(.74)
(.74)
(.76)
(.76)
(.79)
(.82)
(.85)
(.85)
(.88)
(.91)
(.93)
(.93)
(.96)
(.99)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.1)
36
40
44
48
52
53
54
55
57
59
61
62
63
65
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
89
91
92
94
95
97
98
99
100
102
103
104
105
(16.3)
(18)
(19.9)
(21.7)
(23.5)
(24)
(24.5)
(24.9)
(25.8)
(26.7)
(27.6)
(28.1)
(28.5)
(29.4)
(30.8)
(31.7)
(32.6)
(33.5)
(34.4)
(35.3)
(36.2)
(36.7)
(37)
(37.6)
(38)
(38.5)
(39)
(39.4)
(40)
(41.2)
(41.7)
(42.6)
(43)
(43.9)
(44.4)
(44.9)
(45)
(46.2)
(46.7)
(47)
(47.6)
11
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
21
22
23
24
25
25
26
27
28
28
30
30
31
32
33
33
34
35
36
37
38
38
39
40
41
42
43
43
43
(.31)
(.34)
(.37)
(.40)
(.42)
(.42)
(.45)
(.48)
(.51)
(.54)
(.56)
(.56)
(.59)
(.62)
(.65)
(.68)
(.71)
(.71)
(.74)
(.76)
(.79)
(.79)
(.85)
(.85)
(.88)
(.91)
(.93)
(.93)
(.96)
(.99)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.0)
(1.1)
(1.1)
(1.1)
(1.2)
(1.2)
(1.2)
(1.2)
CARE & MAINTENANCE
General Information Wood Veneer WorksurfacesThe following information provides general guidelines for Wood veneer worksurfaces are sealed and top coatedcleaning and maintaining INSCAPE products including: with an open pore, catalyzed lacquer and are edged in Worksurfaces, Tackboards and Accessories. 1/4" thick, same species solid hardwood. Like all natural
products, wood veneer worksurfaces may vary slightly in Worksurfaces grain texture and color. For this reason, minor variations Nuform Solid and Nuform Woodgrain Worksurfaces: between pieces can be expected.Nuform worksurfaces are manufactured by thermoforminga polymer sheet around an MDF substrate. The polymer General Caresheet is surface-coated with a scratch resistant film. • Use a coaster for beverages.
• Dust worksurfaces with a dry cloth in the directionGeneral Care of the grain.• For general cleaning, use warm soapy water or a mild, • For dirtier worksurfaces, use warm soapy water and a
non-abrasive household cleanser such as "Vim" or soft cloth."Windex". • Do not use abrasive cleaning products.
• Tougher stains, such as ink, may be removed with • Although waxing and polishing is not necessary,methyl hydrate. waxing and polishing products may be applied if care
• Do not use abrasive cleansers or highly solvent based is taken to avoid wax build-up which may cloudchemicals such as gasoline, acetone or toluene. the finish.
• Do not place hot appliances directly on Nuform • Blot spills up immediately.worksurfaces. • Exposure to strong sunlight should be avoided since
• Although Nuform is scratch resistant, avoid dragging fading may result.sharp objects across the worksurface. • Avoid exposure to extreme heat, cold or humidity.
• Light scratches may be buffed from the foil surface by • Avoid dragging sharp objects across the worksurface.using a 400-600 grit wet sandpaper under light hand • Chips and scratches may be repaired by a professionalpressure in circular motions or by using a 3M Scotch touch-up service.Brite Pad (green color only) under light hand pressurein circular motions. Note: Under no circumstances Upholstered Tackboardsshould power buffing tools be used. • Vacuum or lightly brush panel fabrics to remove dirt
• Chips and deep scratches may be repaired by a build-up.professional touch-up service. Minor imperfections • Promptly remove stains by blotting, not rubbing theshould be addressed immediately as neglect can fabric to retain pile texture.result in more serious problems that could void the • Fabric may be cleaned with mild water-free solventswarranty. or water-based cleaning agents or foam. Always follow
the manufacturer's instructions and test clean aStorage non-visible area first.Optimal temperature range for storage of Nuform work-surfaces is 41°F to 86°F. Accessories
Plastic Laminate Worksurfaces WhiteboardsHigh pressure plastic laminate is laminated to 1 1/4" • Use only dry erase markers with whiteboards.thick particleboard. Laminate worksurfaces include a • Clean whiteboards with eraser and cleaner formulatedcolor coordinated 2mm edge banding. for whiteboards.
• INSCAPE recommends using Sanford Expo Dry EraseGeneral Care Markers and Sanford Whiteboard Cleaner.• For general cleaning, use warm soapy water or a mild,
non-abrasive household cleanser such as "Vim" or Bin/Shelf-mounted Task Light Fixtures"Windex". • Include a 120V/60HZ magnetic ballast. Replacement
• An eraser may assist with removing ink marks. ballasts can be purchased from any electrical supply• Do not use abrasive cleaners or bleaching cleansers. store.• Although high pressure plastic laminates are resistant
to scratching and wear, avoid dragging sharp objectsacross the worksurface.
• Although laminates are heat resistant, a hot padshould be placed under appliances.
14 Office Specialty August 2008
A7
90
0 S
eries
7 9 0 0 S E R I E S
lateral hinged door
pedestal tower
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appropriate,lateral files meet all ANSI/BIFMA specifications.
Construction
Lateral files and hinged door cabinets are of all-weldedconstruction using 20 and 22 gauge high quality, tensionleveled, cold rolled steel. The steel gauges selected fordrawer fronts, bodies and accessories ensure the highestquality durability and performance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with new acces-sories and interiors as required.
2. Lift-up door carrier mechanism has four nylonrollers, two on each side, for smooth recedingaction with no binding or snagging.
3. Front leading edge of pullout shelves is beaded androlled to provide grip for pullout action and tostrengthen shelf; front leading edge of fixed shelf isflat for easy removal of material.
4. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions are stagedso that left and right sides work in unison. This pro-vides smooth drawer operation with minimum force.
5. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
6. Lock bars operate vertically on both sides of thecabinet for maximum security.
7. Lock fingers are configured with right angle bendupward, not downward, so that lift-up doors cannotbe pulled down to disengage fingers from door slotsand be forced to circumvent lock system.
8. Plastic buttons in side gables of case where topsections of lift-up doors recede into the cabineteliminate metal-to-metal contact.
9. Plastic buttons in the ends of each drawer and doorfront eliminates metal-to-metal contact betweencabinet sides and closed drawers.
10. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cupboardhinges provide smooth hinged door operation. Hingesare not visible from the exterior of the cabinet.
Drawer Pulls
7900 Series fronts come with handles and are standardin aluminum finish.
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism provides completesecurity against accidental opening of two or more draw-ers simultaneously. When any drawer or single pulloutshelf is extended, even fractionally, Safelock ensuresthat all other openings, except for the 3" and 4 1⁄2" draw-ers, immediately become inoperable. Safelock is stan-dard on all lateral files. The only exceptions are the 3"and 4 1⁄2" drawers and the upper shelf in a two pulloutshelf opening.
Counterweights
Optional counterweights are recommended for all free-standing lateral file cabinets.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Pullout drawers and shelves are standard with one pairhangfile bars for side-to-side suspended filing. Fixedshelves are standard with 3 plate dividers. Optionalaccessories are available.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the cabinet. Bases may beeasily added or changed on site. Cabinets are shippedwith bases installed when ordered.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heights maybe increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Glides are accessible from inside the cabinet when thebottom drawer is fully extended or removed and may beadjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 listper lock. For lock location, see page 10.
Note: 3" and 4 1⁄2" drawers, when located immedi-ately above a case bottom, tie bar shelf or referenceshelves cannot be locked.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which has a blackneoprene plastic key cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts. Locks may not be field installed in hingedand sliding door cabinets. Specify lateral file height andwidth or model number.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
Lateral F ile Tops
Refer to Accessories section to order Laminate, Nuformand Veneer tops.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-2
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 - 5 2 . 5 - 5 F F H
30 -cabinet width52.5 -interior height5 -number of drawersFF -fixed frontH -7900 series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-3 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
Product No.
30-24-P2FFH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-24-P2FFH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-24-P2FFH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-52.5-5FFH 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 180 (82) 23 (.65)
36-52.5-5FFH 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 205 (93) 27 (.76)
42-52.5-5FFH 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 240 (109) 32 (.91)
30-55.5-5FFH 30 (762) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 185 (84) 24 (.68)
36-55.5-5FFH 36 (914) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 210 (95) 28 (.79)
42-55.5-5FFH 42 (1067) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 245 (111) 33 (.93)
List
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
813
887
964
1809
2056
1589
1823
2 high cabinettop opening 3" drawer,other 2 openings 10 1⁄2"fixed front drawers Counterweight is recommended.
5 high cabinet5-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
5 high cabinettop opening 13 1⁄ 2" lift-up with fixed shelf, other4 openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
30-24-P2FFH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-24-P2FFH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-24-P2FFH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-52.5-5FFH 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 180 (82) 23 (.65)
36-52.5-5FFH 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 205 (93) 27 (.76)
42-52.5-5FFH 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 240 (109) 32 (.91)
30-55.5-5FFH 30 (762) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 185 (84) 24 (.68)
36-55.5-5FFH 36 (914) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 210 (95) 28 (.79)
42-55.5-5FFH 42 (1067) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 245 (111) 33 (.93)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
967
1056
1147
1329
1520
1728
1335
1532
1747
2 high cabinettop opening 3" drawer,other 2 openings 10 1⁄2"fixed front drawers Counterweight is recommended.
5 high cabinet5-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
5 high cabinettop opening 13 1⁄ 2" lift-up with fixed shelf, other4 openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
30-31.5-3FFH 30 (762) 34 3⁄8 (873) 120 (54) 15 (.42)
36-31.5-3FFH 36 (914) 34 3⁄8 (873) 140 (64) 18 (.51)
42-31.5-3FFH 42 (1067) 34 3⁄8 (873) 160 (73) 20 (.56)
30-42-4FFH 30 (762) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 140 (64) 19 (.54)
36-42-4FFH 36 (914) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 160 (73) 23 (.65)
42-42-4FFH 42 (1067) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 180 (82) 26 (.74)
$
$
$
$
$
$
913
1004
1124
1122
1277
1445
3 high cabinet3-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
4 high cabinet4-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 - 2 F F H
30 -cabinet width2 -number of drawersFF -fixed frontH -7900 series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
30-2FFH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-2FFH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-2FFH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-3FFH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
36-3FFH 36 (914) 387⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
42-3FFH 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 170 (77) 23 (.65)
30-4FFH 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-4FFH 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-4FFH 42 (1067) 523⁄8 (1330) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30-5FFH 30 (762) 643⁄8 (1635) 200 (91) 27 (.76)
36-5FFH 36 (914) 643⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-5FFH 42 (1067) 643⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
681
747
822
918
1012
1136
1134
1310
1489
1342
1535
1744
2 high cabinet 2-12" fixed front drawersCounterweight is recommended.
3 high cabinet 3-12" fixed front drawers
4 high cabinet4-12" fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
5 high cabinet topopening 12" lift-up withpullout shelf, other 4openings 12" fixed frontdrawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-4
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 - 2 F F H
30 -cabinet width2 -number of drawersFF -fixed frontH -7900 series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
30-6FFH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-6FFH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-6FFH 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
1634
1869
2106
6 high cabinet topopening 12" lift-up withfixed shelf and 3 platedividers, next opening12" lift-up with pulloutshelf and hangfile bars,other 4 openings 12"fixed front drawers 11⁄2"the bar
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-5 August 2008
7 9 0 0 B O O K C A S E S
1 8 " D e e p B o o k c a s e s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 1 9 . 5 - 1 B K 1 8 H
36 -cabinet width19.5 -interior height1 -number of shelvesBK -bookcase18 -cabinet depthH -7900 Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Bookcases are standardwith fixed shelves.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
3019.5-1BK18H 18 (457) 22 3⁄8 (568) 44 (20) 9.5 (.27)
3619.5-1BK18H 18 (457) 22 3⁄8 (568) 54 (24) 12 (.34)
4219.5-1BK18H 18 (457) 22 3⁄8 (568) 62 (28) 14 (.40)
3021-1BK18H 18 (457) 23 7⁄8 (606) 45 (20) 10 (.29)
3621-1BK18H 18 (457) 23 7⁄8 (606) 57 (26) 13 (.37)
4221-1BK18H 18 (457) 23 7⁄8 (606) 63 (29) 15 (.42)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
415
443
480
438
466
503
2 high bookcase
18" deep
2 high bookcase
18" deep
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-6
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 3 6 H D H - S H
30 -cabinet width36 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsH -7900 seriesSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
3019.5HDH 30 (762) 22 3⁄8 (568) 42 (19) 8.5 (.24)
3619.5HDH 36 (914) 22 3⁄8 (568) 52 (24) 10 (.28)
4219.5HDH 42 (1067) 22 3⁄8 (568) 61 (28) 11.5 (.32)
3021HDH 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (606) 47 (21) 11 (.31)
3621HDH 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29) 13 (.37)
4221HDH 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (606) 83 (38) 15 (.42)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
481
515
548
481
515
548
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-7 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 3 6 H D H - S H
30 -cabinet width36 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsH -7900 seriesSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
3024HDH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 75 (33) 12 (.34)
3624HDH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 14 (.40)
4224HDH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 110 (50) 16 (.45)
3024HDH-SH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 12 (.34)
3624HDH-SH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 14 (.40)
4224HDH-SH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 16 (.45)
3036HDH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
3636HDH 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 140 (64) 20 (.56)
4236HDH 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 23 (.65)
3036HDH-SH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
3636HDH-SH 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 145 (66) 20 (.56)
4236HDH-SH 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 155 (70) 23 (.65)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
481
515
548
543
575
610
564
618
681
688
741
804
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelf
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-8
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 3 6 H D H - S H
30 -cabinet width36 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsH -7900 seriesSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
3049.5HDH 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 160 (73) 22 (.62)
3649.5HDH 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
4249.5HDH 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 190 (86) 30 (.85)
3049.5HDH-SH 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 165 (75) 22 (.62)
3649.5HDH-SH 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
4249.5HDH-SH 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 30 (.85)
3052.5HDH 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 160 (73) 23 (.65)
3652.5HDH 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 170 (77) 27 (.76)
4252.5HDH 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3052.5HDH-SH 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 165 (75) 23 (.65)
3652.5HDH-SH 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 175 (79) 27 (.76)
4252.5HDH-SH 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 195 (88) 32 (.91)
3055.5HDH 30 (762) 58 3⁄8 (1445) 165 (75) 24 (.68)
3655.5HDH 36 (914) 58 3⁄8 (1445) 175 (79) 28 (.79)
4255.5HDH 42 (1067) 58 3⁄8 (1445) 195 (88) 33 (.93)
3055.5HDH-SH 30 (762) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 170 (77) 24 (.68)
3655.5HDH-SH 36 (914) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
4255.5HDH-SH 42 (1067) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 200 (91) 33 (.93)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
638
726
825
761
848
949
649
742
856
772
866
979
657
748
860
842
932
1045
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelf
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-9 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 3 6 H D H - S H
30 -cabinet width36 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsH -7900 seriesSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
3061.5HDH 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 175 (79) 27 (.76)
3661.5HDH 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 185 (84) 32 (.91)
4261.5HDH 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 215 (98) 37 (1.0)
3061.5HDH-SH 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 180 (82) 27 (.76)
3661.5HDH-SH 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
4261.5HDH-SH 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
3061.5HDH-W 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 175 (79) 27 (.76)
3661.5HDH-W 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 185 (84) 32 (.91)
4261.5HDH-W 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 215 (98) 37 (1.0)
3061.5HDH-WS 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 180 (82) 27 (.76)
3661.5HDH-WS 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
4261.5HDH-WS 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
657
748
860
842
932
1045
741
832
943
884
974
1086
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 3 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 blank shelf andside-to-side coat rod
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blankshelf, 3 half widthshelves and 1 half widthcoat rod
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-10
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Depth: 18"
7 9 0 0 L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 3 6 H D H - S H
30 -cabinet width36 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsH -7900 seriesSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
3073.5HDH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDH 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HDH-SH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDH-SH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDH-SH 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HDH-W 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDH-W 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDH-W 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
796
905
1017
1043
1152
1264
880
989
1101
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 blank shelf andside-to-side coat rod
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-11 August 2008
7 9 0 0 P E D E S T A L S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appro-priate, Storage Centers pedestals meet all ANSI/BIFMAspecifications.
Construction
Pedestals are welded, “wrap-around” construction using20 and 22 gauge high quality, tension leveled, coldrolled steel. The steel gauges selected for drawer fronts,bodies and accessories ensure the highest quality dura-bility and performance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. Completely enclosed case provides rigid construc-tion and dust-free interiors.
2. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
3. File (10 1⁄2" and 12") drawer bodies have full-heightsides to accommodate hanging file folders, elimi-nating the need for optional file frames.
4. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions on alldrawers, including pencil and box drawers, arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
5. Staged suspensions allow the drawer to becompletely pulled out, providing access to the entiredrawer depth.
6. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in thesuspension “grips” the fixed section of the suspen-sion arm preventing drawer bounce-back or creepwhen drawer is closed.
7. Casters and glides are both recessed “inboard” fora uniform exterior appearance with no visiblehardware.
8. Modular interior allows for complete interchange-ability of drawer types within the pedestal case. Forexample, two 6" box drawers may be replaced byone 12" file drawer.
9. 18" deep pedestals come standard with 18" deepdrawers. 22" and 28" deep pedestals come stan-dard with 22" deep drawers.
Drawer Pulls
7900 Series fronts come with handles and are standardin aluminum finish.
Counterweights
Counterweights are recommended for all freestandingunits and are standard with all mobile pedestals andmust be field installed.
Drawer Standard Equipment
15" letter width storage drawers: 3" pencil drawer, 6"box drawer, 10 1⁄2" and 12" file drawer is standard.
Pedestals containing 3" or 6" drawers are providedwith one pencil tray per pedestal. 6" drawers are addi-tionally standard with one steel divider.
Hangfile bars are not included with 7900 Pedestals.Refer to accessories section.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the pedestal case. Bases maybe easily added or changed on site. Pedestals areshipped with bases installed when ordered.Casters
Recessed 1 5⁄8" black, double-wheel phenolic carpetcasters are supplied with mobile pedestals and must befield installed. Recessed casters are not visible.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heightsmay be increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Glides are accessible from inside the pedestal when thebottom drawer is fully extended or removed and may beadjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the pedestal price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct$41 list per lock. For lock location, see page 10.
Random keying is standard. Pedestals may beordered keyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removablecore and are standard with two keys, one of which has ablack neoprene plastic key cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-12
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
7 9 0 0 P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 1 8 H - 2 B F 1 0
15 -pedestal width18 -pedestal depthH -7900 series 2B -2 box drawersF -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Pedestal depths are nominal.Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminumfinish.
1518H-2BF10 18 (457) 25 3⁄8 (645) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522H-2BF10 22 (559) 25 3⁄8 (645) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528H-2BF10 28 (711) 25 3⁄8 (645) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518H-2BF10M 18 (457) 26 (660) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522H-2BF10M 22 (559) 26 (660) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528H-2BF10M 28 (711) 26 (660) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518H-F10F 18 (457) 25 3⁄8 (645) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522H-F10F 22 (559) 25 3⁄8 (645) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528H-F10F 28 (711) 25 3⁄8 (645) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518H-F10FM 18 (457) 26 (660) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522H-F10FM 22 (559) 26 (660) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528H-F10FM 28 (711) 26 (660) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
537
607
636
647
717
747
495
536
557
604
646
667
2 box, 1-101⁄2" fileglides
2 box, 1-101⁄2 filemobile,counterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1-101⁄2" file, 1-12" fileglides
1-10 1⁄2" file, 1-12" filemobile,counterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-13 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
7 9 0 0 P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 1 8 H - 2 B F
15 -pedestal width18 -pedestal depthH -7900 series 2B -2 box drawersF -file drawer
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Pedestal depths are nominal.Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Pedestals with 3" or 6" drawers are standard withone pencil tray per pedestal and one steel dividerper 6" drawer.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminumfinish.
1518H-2BF 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522H-2BF 22 (559) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528H-2BF 28 (711) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518H-2F 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522H-2F 22 (559) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528H-2F 28 (711) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518H-P2F10.5 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522H-P2F10.5 22 (559) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528H-P2F10.5 28 (711) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
537
607
636
495
536
557
557
609
638
2 box, 1-12" fileglides
2-12" fileglides
1 pencil, 2-101⁄2" fileglides
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-14
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-15 August 2008
7 9 0 0 P E D E S T A L S
C u s h i o n P e d e s t a l s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 H - B F M C N H15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depthH -7900 seriesB -box drawerF -file drawerM -mobileC -cushionNH -no handle
General Information
Pedestal depths are nominal. Actual depth for 7900 Seriesis 1⁄4" less. Cushion Mobile pedestals are topped with a 1 1⁄4"thick Cal. 117 fire-retardant polyurethane foam with a 2.2lb/ft. density. This upholstered cushion is balanced with a7/16” board and is attached to the pedestal top with Velcro.
For application of ALL fabrics, both from our graded programas well as COM (customers own material), please specifylayup orientation at time of order. If layup instructions arenot provided we will choose the direction to maximize ourproduction. Refer to diagram for layup options.
COM (Customer's Own Material)
Contact Inscape Client Services for yardage calculations. AllCOM fabric must be classified as upholstery fabric and havea minimum weight of 9.5oz to receive application approval.Consult your fabric supplier to confirm fabric weight.
Cushion Fabric Applications
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
wd
dw
Fabric bolt
Pedestal
Cushion
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights and acces-sories.
Standard indicates the depthdimension runs up the roll.
Railroaded indicates the widthdimension runs up the roll.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
1518H -BFMCNH 18 3⁄4 (476) 22 3⁄4 (597) 93 (42) 7 (.22)
1522H -BFMCNH 22 3⁄4 (578) 22 3⁄4 (597) 105 (47) 9 (.24)
1528H -BFMCNH 28 3⁄4 (730) 22 3⁄4 (597) 117 (53) 11 (.31)
1518H -B7F10MCNH 18 3⁄4 (476) 22 3⁄4 (597) 93 (42) 7 (.22)
1522H -B7F10MCNH 22 3⁄4 (578) 22 3⁄4 (597) 105 (47) 9 (.24)
1528H -B7F10MCNH 28 3⁄4 (730) 22 3⁄4 (597) 117 (53) 11 (.31)
Cushion pedestal.1-6" box, 1-12" file drawer,mobile, without handle counterweights are includedCannot be ordered
without a lock.
Cushion pedestal.1-71⁄2" box, 1-10 1⁄2" filedrawer, mobile, without handle counterweights are includedCannot be ordered
without a lock.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
666
694
721
666
694
721
Upcharge:
Gr. 2 Add $ 9 listGr. 3 Add $ 24 listGr. 4 Add $ 40 listGr. 5 Add $ 95 listGr. 6 (Leather) Add $204 list
Product No.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
7 9 0 0 W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
2 4 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 4 6 H - 2 F 1 0
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -24" wide 46 -46.5" interior heightH -7900 series 2 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.Full length door contains 2-prong coat hook. Hinged doorinsert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" incre-ments. Hinged doors are standard with self closing Europeanstyle hinges and open 110°. Clear plastic label holders andlabels are available at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinetheights are nominal. Actual heights (with glides fullyrecessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $123list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
TR2446H-2F10 24 (610) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 118 (54) 22 (.62)right hand hinged door
TL2446H-2F10 24 (610) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 118 (54) 22 (.62)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2446H-B7F 24 (610) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 118 (54) 22 (.62)right hand hinged door
TL2446H-B7F 24 (610) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 118 (54) 22 (.62)left hand hinged door(illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1937
1937
1937
1937
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 25-1⁄2"hinged door insert 2-101⁄2" file drawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 27" hingeddoor insert,1-71⁄2" and 1-12" draw-ers
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 A-16
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
7 9 0 0 W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
2 4 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 6 0 H - 2 F
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -24" wide 60 -60" interior heightH -7900 series2 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.Full length door contains 2-prong coat hook. Hinged doorinsert has two non-slotted shelves, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" incre-ments. Hinged doors are standard with self closing Europeanstyle hinges and open 110°. Clear plastic label holders andlabels are available at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinetheights are nominal. Actual heights (with glides fullyrecessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $123list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are fninshed in black. Handles are standard in aluminum fin-ish.
TR2460H-2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2460H-2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2460H-2BF 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2460H-2BF 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door(illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
2318
2318
2318
2318
Tower, full length door,36" hinged door insert and 2-12" file drawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door,36" hinged door insert.2-6" box and 1-12" filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comA-17 August 2008
BLaterals
General Specifications
Lateral file and hinged door cabinet are available in 42heights, in 1 1⁄2" increments, and widths of 30", 36" and42". Lateral files accommodate letter, legal, metric andall types of computer-related media. Pullout drawers areavailable in 10 sizes: 3", 4 1⁄2" 6", 7 1⁄2", 9", 10 1⁄2", 12",13 1⁄2", 15" and 16 1⁄2". Lift-up doors with fixed or pull-out shelves are available in 4 sizes: 12", 13 1⁄2", 15" and16 1⁄2". A 1 1⁄2" reference shelf is also available and maybe specified in lieu of a tie bar.
Pedestals are available for desk and keyboard typingheight applications and are standard with either glidesor casters. The desk height pedestals are offered in bothletter and legal (18") width and the keyboard typingheight is offered in letter width only. Drawers are avail-able in 3", 4 1⁄2", 6", 7 1⁄2", 10 1⁄2" and 12" heights.
L A T E R A L S
Lateral Bookcase/file
Hinged Doors
Multi-Unit
Cabinet with SuperStor™ Insert
Two High Lateral,
Individually Locking Drawers
L A T E R A L S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appropriate,lateral files meet all ANSI/BIFMA specifications.
Construction
Lateral files and hinged door cabinets are of all-weldedconstruction using 20 and 22 gauge high quality, tensionleveled, cold rolled steel. The steel gauges selected fordrawer fronts, bodies and accessories ensure the highestquality durability and performance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with new acces-sories and interiors as required.
2. Corners are strengthened with a reinforcing gussetand are welded at junction of top and case fronts,eliminating horizontal lines for a cleaner, flushappearance on the face of the cabinet.
3. Full width pulls allow lift-up doors and drawers to beopened from any position.
4. Double-wall construction allows lift-up doors to bepicked up and receded smoothly from any point,eliminates deformation, ensures flush fit withinthe cabinet and improves lock performance.
5. Lift-up door carrier mechanism has four nylonrollers, two on each side, for smooth recedingaction with no binding or snagging.
6. Front leading edge of pullout shelves is beaded androlled to provide grip for pullout action and tostrengthen shelf; front leading edge of fixed shelf isflat for easy removal of material.
7. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions are stagedso that left and right sides work in unison. This pro-vides smooth drawer operation with minimum force.
8. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
9. Lock bars operate vertically on both sides of thecabinet for maximum security.
10. Lock fingers are configured with right angle bendupward, not downward, so that lift-up doors cannotbe pulled down to disengage fingers from door slotsand be forced to circumvent lock system.
11. Plastic buttons in side gables of case where topsections of lift-up doors recede into the cabineteliminate metal-to-metal contact.
12. Plastic buttons in the ends of each drawer and doorfront eliminates metal-to-metal contact betweencabinet sides and closed drawers.
13. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cupboardhinges provide smooth hinged door operation. Hingesare not visible from the exterior of the cabinet.
Drawer Pulls
Storage Centers and 9900 Series fronts have full widthintegral pulls with enamel finish to match case fronts.
Radius and Linear Series fronts are 3⁄4" thick and areradiused at the front top and bottom. This detail adds5⁄8" to the overall lateral depth (included in dimensionsshown). Radius pulls are manufactured from black ABSplastic and are recessed into drawer sides. Linear frontsfeature a full width pull that is formed into the casefront. Drawer sides are capped with black ABS plastic.
Arcus Series pulls arc across the front and are avail-able in any of the 60 standard colors.
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism provides completesecurity against accidental opening of two or more draw-ers simultaneously. When any drawer or single pulloutshelf is extended, even fractionally, Safelock ensuresthat all other openings, except for the 3" and 4 1⁄2" draw-ers, immediately become inoperable. Safelock is stan-dard on all lateral files. The only exceptions are the 3"and 4 1⁄2" drawers and the upper shelf in a two pulloutshelf opening.
Counterweights
Optional counterweights are recommended for all free-standing lateral file cabinets.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Pullout drawers and shelves are standard with one pairhangfile bars for side-to-side suspended filing. Fixedshelves are standard with 3 plate dividers. Optionalaccessories are available.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the cabinet. Bases may beeasily added or changed on site. Cabinets are shippedwith bases installed when ordered.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heights maybe increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Glides are accessible from inside the cabinet when thebottom drawer is fully extended or removed and may beadjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 listper lock. For lock location, see page 10.
Note: 3" and 4 1⁄2" drawers, when located immedi-ately above a case bottom, tie bar shelf or referenceshelves cannot be locked.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which has a blackneoprene plastic key cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts. Locks may not be field installed in hingedand sliding door cabinets. Specify lateral file height andwidth or model number.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
Lateral F ile Tops
Refer to Accessories section to order Laminate, Nuformand Veneer tops.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
B-2 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 3 1 . 5 - 3 F F �
36 -cabinet width31.5 -interior height3 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets. Fixedshelves are standard with 3 plate dividers.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-21-2FF� 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (606) 80 (36) 11 (.31)
36-21-2FF� 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 98 (44) 13 (.37)
42-21-2FF� 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (606) 116 (53) 15 (.42)
30-24-P2FF� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-24-P2FF� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-24-P2FF� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-24-BB7F� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-24-BB7F� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-24-BB7F� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-24-13LU10F� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-24-13LU10F� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-24-13LU10F� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-31.5-3FF� 30 (762) 34 3⁄8 (873) 120 (54) 15 (.42)
36-31.5-3FF� 36 (914) 34 3⁄8 (873) 140 (64) 18 (.51)
42-31.5-3FF� 42 (1067) 34 3⁄8 (873) 160 (73) 20 (.56)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
919
1009
1138
1129
1243
1387
1101
1214
1349
925
1020
1122
1254
1380
1583
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
799
877
964
957
1044
1134
932
1025
1131
799
883
978
1074
1181
1322
2 high cabinet 2-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawersCounterweight is recommended.
2 high cabinettop opening 3" drawer,other 2 openings 10 1⁄2"fixed front drawers Counterweight is recommended.
2 high cabinet1-6" drawer, 1-7 1⁄ 2"drawer and 1-10 1⁄2"fixed front drawer Counterweight is recommended.
2 high cabinettop opening 13 1⁄2" lift-up door with fixed shelf,with 3 plate dividers,other opening 10 1⁄2"fixed front drawer
3 high cabinet3-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-3
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 2 - 4 F F �
36 -cabinet width42 -interior height4 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-42-4FF� 30 (762) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 140 (64) 19 (.54)
36-42-4FF� 36 (914) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 160 (73) 23 (.65)
42-42-4FF� 42 (1067) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 180 (82) 26 (.74)
30-43.5-4FF� 30 (762) 46 3⁄8 (1178) 145 (66) 20 (.56)
36-43.5-4FF� 36 (914) 46 3⁄8 (1178) 165 (75) 23 (.65)
42-43.5-4FF� 42 (1067) 46 3⁄8 (1178) 185 (84) 27 (.76)
30-52.5-5FF� 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 180 (82) 23 (.65)
36-52.5-5FF� 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 205 (93) 27 (.76)
42-52.5-5FF� 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 240 (109) 32 (.91)
30-54-5FF� 30 (762) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 185 (84) 24 (.68)
36-54-5FF� 36 (914) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 210 (95) 28 (.79)
42-54-5FF� 42 (1067) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 245 (111) 33 (.93)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1559
1767
2049
1560
1787
2075
1863
2119
2469
1870
2123
2472
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1320
1503
1700
1321
1523
1726
1563
1788
2033
1571
1792
2036
4 high cabinet4-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
4 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other3 openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
5 high cabinet5-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
5 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other4 openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-4 August 2008
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-5
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 5 . 5 - 5 F F �
36 -cabinet width55.5 -interior height5 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed shelfopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-55.5-5FF� 30 (762) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 185 (84) 24 (.68)
36-55.5-5FF� 36 (914) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 210 (95) 28 (.79)
42-55.5-5FF� 42 (1067) 58 3⁄8 (1483) 245 (111) 33 (.93)
30-66-6FF� 30 (762) 68 7⁄8 (1749) 215 (98) 29 (.82)
36-66-6FF� 36 (914) 68 7⁄8 (1749) 230 (104) 34 (.96)
42-66-6FF� 42 (1067) 68 7⁄8 (1749) 260 (118) 39 (1.1)
30-66-LU5F10� 30 (762) 68 7⁄8 (1749) 215 (98) 29 (.82)
36-66-LU5F10� 36 (914) 68 7⁄8 (1749) 230 (104) 34 (.96)
42-66-LU5F10� 42 (1067) 68 7⁄8 (1749) 260 (118) 39 (1.1)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1875
2137
2460
N/A
N/A
N/A
2201
2512
2880
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1570
1802
2054
1838
2106
2376
1835
2111
2387
5 high cabinettop opening 13 1⁄ 2" lift-up with fixed shelf, other4 openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
6 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other5 openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
6 high cabinettop opening 13 1⁄2" lift-upwith fixed shelf, other 5openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-6 August 2008
Laterals
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 7 . 5 - L U 5 F F �
36 -cabinet width67.5 -interior heightLU -lift-up5 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 3 plate dividers in eachfixed shelf opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-67.5-6FF� 30 (762) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 245 (111) 29 (.82)
36-67.5-6FF� 36 (914) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 265 (120) 35 (.99)
42-67.5-6FF� 42 (1067) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 285 (129) 40 (1.1)
30-67.5-LU5FF� 30 (762) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 245 (111) 29 (.82)
36-67.5-LU5FF� 36 (914) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 265 (120) 35 (.99)
42-67.5-LU5FF� 42 (1067) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 285 (129) 40 (1.1)
30-705-2LU4F10� 30 (762) 73 3⁄8 (1864) 232 (105) 31 (.88)
36-705-2LU4F10� 36 (914) 73 3⁄8 (1864) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
42-705-2LU4F10� 42 (1067) 73 3⁄8 (1864) 302 (137) 42 (1.1)
ListPrice
$
$
$
N/A
N/A
N/A
2222
2531
2901
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1856
2129
2408
N/A
N/A
N/A
1889
2178
2464
6 high cabinettop opening 13 1⁄2" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, other 5openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
6 high cabinettop opening 15" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, other 5openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers
6 high cabinettop 2 openings 13 1⁄2" lift-up with fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, other 4openings 10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers, 1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-7
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " I n d i v i d u a l l y L o c k i n g D r a w e r s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 4 3 5 - 4 F F �1 T B
36 -cabinet width435 -interior height4 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 Series
1TB -number of locking tie bar shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Locks and securityshelves are included. Drawers are keyed differently.Counterweights are recommended for all freestanding later-al file cabinets.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30225-2FF� 1TB 30 (762) 25 3⁄8 (645) 90 (41) 11 (.31)
36225-2FF� 1TB 36 (914) 25 3⁄8 (645) 105 (47) 13 (.37)
42225-2FF� 1TB 42 (1067) 25 3⁄8 (645) 120 (54) 15 (.42)
30345-3FF� 2TB 30 (762) 37 3⁄8 (949) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
36345-3FF� 2TB 36 (914) 37 3⁄8 (949) 150 (68) 19 (.54)
42345-3FF� 2TB 42 (1067) 37 3⁄8 (949) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
30435-4FF� 1TB 30 (762) 46 3⁄8 (1178) 145 (66) 20 (.56)
36435-4FF� 1TB 36 (914) 46 3⁄8 (1178) 165 (75) 23 (.65)
42435-4FF� 1TB 42 (1067) 46 3⁄8 (1178) 185 (84) 27 (.76)
30465-4FF� 3TB 30 (762) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 180 (82) 23 (.65)
36465-4FF� 3TB 36 (914) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 205 (93) 27 (.76)
42465-4FF� 3TB 42 (1067) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 240 (109) 32 (.91)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
910
1010
1093
1328
1458
1600
1432
1638
1839
1737
1951
2155
2 high cabinet2-10 1⁄2" fixed front indi-vidually locking drawers Counterweight is recom-mended.
3 high cabinet3-10 1⁄2" fixed front indi-vidually locking drawers
4 high cabinet4-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers.Top two drawers shareone lock, bottom twodrawers share anotherlock
4 high cabinet4-10 1⁄2" fixed front indi-vidually locking drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-8 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 0 1 ⁄ 2 " I n d i v i d u a l l y L o c k i n g D r a w e r s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 3 5 - 4 F F �1 T B
36 -cabinet width435 -interior height4 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 Series
1TB -number of locking tie bar shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Locks and securityshelves are included. Drawers are keyed differently.Counterweights are recommended for all freestanding later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30585-5FF� 4TB 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36585-5FF� 4TB 36 (914) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
42585-5FF� 4TB 42 (1067) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 260 (118) 35 (.99)
305812LU5FF� TB 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 235 (101) 26 (.74)
365812LU5FF� TB 36 (914) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 240 (108) 31 (.88)
425812LU5FF� TB 42 (1067) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 270 (121) 36 (1.0)
3060-5FF� 4TB 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
3660-5FF� 4TB 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
4260-5FF� 4TB 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2140
2357
2596
1847
2081
2330
2140
2357
2596
5 high cabinet5-10 1⁄2" fixed front indi-vidually locking drawers
Cabinet, from top to bot-tom: 1-12" lift-up door withpullout shelf, 1-10 1⁄2"fixed front drawer, 2-6"fixed front drawers,10 1⁄2" fixed front drawerand 1-12" fixed frontdrawer. Each bank of 3 drawers locks individually.
Cabinet with top opening12" lift-up with pulloutshelf, other 4 openings10 1⁄2" fixed front indi-vidually locking drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-9
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 2 1 - 2 F F �
36 -cabinet width21 -interior height2 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-24-B4B7F� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-24-B4B7F� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-24-B4B7F� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-2FF� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-2FF� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-2FF� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
ListPrice
$
$
$
N/A
N/A
N/A
921
1011
1141
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
923
1006
1093
801
879
967
2 high cabinet1-4 1⁄ 2" drawer, 1-7 1⁄ 2"drawer and 1-12" fixedfront drawerCounterweight is recommended.
2 high cabinet2-12" fixed front drawersCounterweight is recommended.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
CONSIDER THIS!
At the same height get a
personal drawer wi th your 2 f i le
drawers! See page B-3 for product codes and pr ic ing .
12"
12"
3"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
Standard OS Advantage!
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
30-3FF� 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
36-3FF� 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
42-3FF� 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 170 (77) 23 (.65)
3 high cabinet3-12" fixed front drawers
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
1259
1389
1598
ListPrice
$
$
$
1079
1191
1337
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-10 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 2 1 - 2 F F �
36 -cabinet width21 -interior height2 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-48-4FF� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-48-4FF� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-48-4FF� 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30-4FF� 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-4FF� 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-4FF� 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1563
1805
2099
1574
1806
2100
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1324
1540
1750
1335
1541
1751
4 high cabinet4- 12" fixed front drawers
4 high cabinet4-12" fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
CONSIDER THIS!
W ith 10 1 ⁄ 2" drawers get 25% more
storage or keep the same f i l ing
capaci ty and meet ADA Guide l ines!See page B-4 for product codes and pr ic ing .
12"
12"
12"
12"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
Standard OS Advantage!
25% more! ADA
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-11
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 F F �
36 -cabinet width5 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed shelfopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-60-5FF� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-5FF� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-5FF� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-5FF� 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (91) 27 (.76)
36-5FF� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-5FF� 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1876
2136
2486
1877
2137
2487
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1577
1805
2051
1578
1806
2052
5 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other4 openings 12" fixedfront drawers
5 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other4 openings 12" fixedfront drawers 1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
CONSIDER THIS!
Prov ide usable b inder s torage in a
5 h igh cabinet!See page B-5 for product codes and pr ic ing .
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
10 1⁄2"
13 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
Standard OS Advantage!
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-12 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8" Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 F F �
36 -cabinet width5 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed shelfopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-5FF� -RF 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (91) 27 (.76)
36-5FF� -RF 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-5FF� -RF 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
30-615-LU4FF� 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (90) 27 (.76)
36-615-LU4FF� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-615-LU4FF� 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1679
1909
2157
1576
1810
2062
5 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other4 openings 12" fixedfront drawers 1 1⁄2" reference shelf
5 high cabinetTop opening 13 1⁄ 2" lift-up with fixed shelf and 3 plate dividers, other 4 openings 12" fixedfront drawers.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1978
2240
2592
1882
2145
2469
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-13
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 F F �
36 -cabinet width5 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed shelfopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-72-6FF� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-6FF� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-6FF� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-6FF� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-6FF� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-6FF� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
2233
2552
2927
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
N/A
N/A
N/A
1923
2199
2478
6 high cabinet top opening 12" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, next open-ing 12" lift-up with pulloutshelf and hangfile bars,other 4 openings 12"fixed front drawers
6 high cabinet top opening 12" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, next open-ing 12" lift-up with pulloutshelf and hangfile bars,other 4 openings 12"fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
CONSIDER THIS!
Prov ide b inder s torage AND 5 usable
f i le drawers!See page B-5 for product codes and pr ic ing .
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
10 1⁄2"
13 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
Standard OS Advantage!
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-14 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 F F � - R F
36 -cabinet width6 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 Series
RF -reference shelf
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed shelfopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-6FF� -RF 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-6FF� -RF 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-6FF� -RF 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
2023
2302
2583
6 high cabinet top opening 12" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, next open-ing 12" lift-up with pulloutshelf and hangfile bars,other 4 openings 12"fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" reference shelf
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
Product No.
CONSIDER THIS!
Prov ide b inder s torage AND 5 usable
f i le drawers!See page B-5 for product codes and pr ic ing .
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
10 1⁄2"
13 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
Standard OS Advantage!
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-15
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 7 5 - 6 F F �
36 -cabinet width75 -interior height6 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed shelfopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-75-6FF� 30 (762) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 257 (117) 32 (.91)
36-75-6FF� 36 (914) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 277 (126) 37 (1.0)
42-75-6FF� 42 (1067) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 299 (136) 43 (1.2)
30-75-6FF� -RF 30 (762) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 257 (117) 32 (.91)
36-75-6FF� -RF 36 (914) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 277 (126) 37 (1.0)
42-75-6FF� -RF 42 (1067) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 299 (136) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1959
2243
2525
2060
2346
2630
6 high cabinet top opening 13 1⁄2" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, next open-ing 12" lift-up with pulloutshelf and hangfile bars,other 4 openings 12"fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
6 high cabinet top opening 13 1⁄2" lift-upwith fixed shelf and 3plate dividers, next open-ing 12" lift-up with pulloutshelf and hangfile bars,other 4 openings 12"fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" reference shelf
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
N/A
N/A
N/A
2426
2747
3124
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-16 August 2008
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " L i f t - u p D o o r s w i t h P u l l o u t S h e l v e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 0 - 5 L U �
36 -cabinet width60 -interior height5 -number of drawersLU -lift-up� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening. The bottom opening is standard withfixed front pullout drawer.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-2LU� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-2LU� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-2LU� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-3LU� 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
36-3LU� 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
42-3LU� 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 170 (77) 23 (.65)
30-48-4LU� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-48-4LU� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-48-4LU� 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30-4LU� 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-4LU� 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-4LU� 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
921
1011
1141
1259
1389
1598
1563
1805
2099
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
801
879
967
1079
1191
1337
N/A
N/A
N/A
1335
1541
1751
2 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-updoor with pullout shelf,bottom opening 12"fixed front drawerCounterweight is recommended.
3 high cabinet2-12" lift-up doors withpullout shelves, bottomopening 1-12" fixedfront drawer
4 high cabinet3-12" lift-up doors withpullout shelves, bottomopening 1-12" fixedfront drawerNote: Not available in
Arcus Series
4 high cabinet3-12" lift-up doors withpullout shelves, bottomopening 1-12" fixedfront drawer1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-17
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " L i f t - u p D o o r s w i t h P u l l o u t S h e l v e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 0 - 5 L U �
36 -cabinet width60 -interior height5 -number of drawersLU -lift-up� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening. The bottom opening is standard withfixed front pullout drawer.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-60-5LU� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-5LU� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-5LU� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-5LU� 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (90) 27 (.76)
36-5LU� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-5LU� 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
30-5LU� -RF 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (90) 27 (.76)
36-5LU� -RF 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-5LU� -RF 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
1876
2136
2486
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1577
1805
2051
1578
1806
2052
1679
1909
2157
5 high cabinet4-12" lift-up doors withpullout shelves, bottomopening 1-12" fixedfront drawer
5 high cabinet4-12" lift-up doors withpullout shelves, bottomopening 1-12" fixedfront drawer1 1⁄2" tie bar
5 high cabinet4-12" lift-up doors withpullout shelves, bottomopening 1-12" fixedfront drawer1 1⁄2" reference shelf
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-18 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - S u s p e n d e d F o l d e r s
1 2 " L i f t - u p D o o r s w i t h P u l l o u t S h e l v e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 L U �
36 -cabinet width5 -number of drawersLU -lift-up� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening and 3 plate dividers in each fixed frontshelf opening. The bottom opening is standard with fixedfront pullout drawer.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-6LU� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-6LU� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-6LU� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-6LU� -RF 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-6LU� -RF 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-6LU� -RF 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1923
2199
2478
2023
2302
2583
6 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-updoor with fixed shelf and3 plate dividers, other 4openings 12" lift-updoors with pulloutshelves, bottom opening12" fixed front drawer1 1⁄2" tie bar
6 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-updoor with fixed shelf and3 plate dividers, other 4openings 12" lift-updoors with pulloutshelves, bottom opening12" fixed front drawer1 1⁄2" reference shelf
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-19
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - E n d T a b F o l d e r s
1 2 " L i f t - u p d o o r s w i t h F i x e d S h e l v e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 E T �
36 -cabinet width4 -number of drawersET -end tab filing� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 3 plate dividers in each opening. For letter size mediaone legal to letter adaptor should be ordered per drawer.See Accessories section.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-2ET� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-2ET� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-2ET� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-3ET� 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
36-3ET� 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
42-3ET� 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 170 (77) 23 (.65)
30-48-4ET� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-48-4ET� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-48-4ET� 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30-4ET� 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-4ET� 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-4ET� 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
837
940
1026
1133
1282
1425
1395
1662
1868
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
780
849
940
1048
1147
1296
N/A
N/A
N/A
1293
1483
1697
2 high cabinet2-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves
3 high cabinet3-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves
4 high cabinet4-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves
4 high cabinet4-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-20 August 2008
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a - E n d T a b F o l d e r s
1 2 " L i f t - u p d o o r s w i t h F i x e d S h e l v e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 E T �
36 -cabinet width4 -number of drawersET -end tab filing� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 3 plate dividers in each opening. For letter size mediaone legal to letter adaptor should be ordered per drawer.See Accessories section.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-60-5ET� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-5ET� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-5ET� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-5ET� 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (90) 27 (.76)
36-5ET� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-5ET� 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
30-6ET� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91
36-6ET� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-6ET� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
1666
1957
2198
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1525
1731
1982
1526
1733
1983
1870
2125
2410
5 high cabinet5-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves
5 high cabinet5-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves1 1⁄2" tie bar
6 high cabinet 6-12" lift-up doors withfixed shelves1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-21
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
1 4 7 ⁄ 8 " x 1 1 " E D P P r i n t o u t :
1 3 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t E D P D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 4 - 4 E D P �
36 -cabinet width54 -interior height4 -number of drawersEDP -Accodata type suspension filing� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
All 13.5" and 15" openings for 14 7⁄8" x 11" EDP printoutsinclude EDP kit for side-to-side filing of Accodata type 2point suspension binders. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all freestanding later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-27-2EDP� 30 (762) 29 7⁄8 (759) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
36-27-2EDP� 36 (914) 29 7⁄8 (759) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
42-27-2EDP� 42 (1067) 29 7⁄8 (759) 150 (68) 18 (.51)
30-40.5-3EDP� 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1026) 135 (61) 18 (.51)
36-40.5-3EDP� 36 (914) 43 3⁄8 (1026) 155 (70) 22 (.62)
42-40.5-3EDP� 42 (1067) 43 3⁄8 (1026) 175 (79) 25 (.71)
30-54-4EDP� 30 (762) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 175 (79) 24 (.68)
36-54-4EDP� 36 (914) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 220 (100) 28 (.79)
42-54-4EDP� 42 (1067) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 250 (113) 33 (.93)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1095
1187
1288
1473
1662
1826
1855
2111
2327
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
957
1029
1131
1265
1426
1590
1578
1796
2012
Cabinet with 2-13 1⁄2"fixed front EDP drawersCounterweight is recommended.
Cabinet with 3-13 1⁄2"fixed front EDP drawers
Cabinet with 4-13 1⁄2"fixed front drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-22 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
1 4 7 ⁄ 8 " x 1 1 " E D P P r i n t o u t :
1 3 1 ⁄ 2 " F i x e d F r o n t E D P D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 7 0 . 5 - 5 E D P �
36 -cabinet width70.5 -interior height5 -number of drawersEDP -Accodata type suspension filing� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 Series
General Information
All 13.5" and 15" openings for 14 7⁄8" x 11" EDP printoutsinclude EDP kit for side-to-side filing of Accodata type 2point suspension binders. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all freestanding later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-70.5-5EDP� 30 (762) 73 3⁄8 (1864) 210 (95) 30 (.85)
36-70.5-5EDP� 36 (914) 73 3⁄8 (1864) 245 (111) 36 (1.0)
42-70.5-5EDP� 42 (1067) 73 3⁄8 (1864) 275 (125) 41 (1.1)
ListPrice
$
$
$
1956
2233
2480
Cabinet with 5 EDPdrawers, top opening15" lift-up with pulloutshelf, other 4 openings13 1⁄2" fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-23
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
1 4 7 ⁄ 8 " x 1 1 " E D P P r i n t o u t :
1 5 " F i x e d F r o n t E D P D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 0 - 4 E D P �
36 -cabinet width60 -interior height4 -number of drawersEDP -Accodata type suspension filing� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
All 15" openings for 14 7⁄8" x 11" EDP printouts include EDPkit for side-to-side filing of Accodata type 2 point suspen-sion binders. Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actualheights (with glides fully recessed) are 1 ⁄ 8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all freestanding later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-30-2EDP� 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 130 (59) 14 (.40)
36-30-2EDP� 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 140 (64) 17 (.48)
42-30-2EDP� 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 160 (73) 20 (.56)
30-45-3EDP� 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
36-45-3EDP� 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 165 (75) 24 (.68)
42-45-3EDP� 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 195 (88) 28 (.79)
30-60-4EDP� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-4EDP� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-4EDP� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-61.5-4EDP� 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (90) 27 (.76)
36-61.5-4EDP� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
42-61.5-4EDP� 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1108
1218
1332
1482
1717
1899
1862
2123
2342
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
969
1061
1175
1274
1481
1663
1584
1808
2027
1586
1809
2028
Cabinet with 2-15" fixedfront EDP drawersCounterweight is recommended.
Cabinet with 3-15" fixedfront EDP drawers
Cabinet with 4 EDPdrawers, top opening15" lift-up with pulloutshelf, other 3 openings15" fixed front drawers
Cabinet with 4 EDPdrawers, top opening15" lift-up with pulloutshelf, bottom 3 openings15" fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-24 August 2008
Arcus Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S e c u r e F i l e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
A -Arcus Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 F F � - S B
36 -cabinet width4 -number of drawersFF -fixed front� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesA Arcus Series
SB -sliding security bar
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. Cabinets come withpiano style hinges, a 1 1⁄2” sliding security bar and a lockhook with double sided tape. Counterweights are recom-mended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets. Cabinetsare priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pulloutopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Sliding security bar andhinges are the same finish as the case. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specified sep-arately.
30-2FF� -SB 30 (762) 28 3⁄8 (721) 107 (49) 13 (.37)
36-2FF� -SB 36 (914) 28 3⁄8 (721) 127 (58) 15 (.42)
42-2FF� -SB 42 (1067) 28 3⁄8 (721) 138 (63) 17 (.48)
30-3FF� -SB 30 (762) 40 3⁄8 (1026) 139 (63) 17 (.48)
36-3FF� -SB 36 (914) 40 3⁄8 (1026) 159 (72) 20 (.56)
42-3FF� -SB 42 (1067) 40 3⁄8 (1026) 181 (82) 24 (.68)
30-4FF� -SB 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 180 (82) 22 (.62)
36-4FF� -SB 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 205 (93) 26 (.74)
42-4FF� -SB 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 241 (110) 30 (.85)
30-5FF� -SB 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 212 (96) 27 (.76)
36-5FF� -SB 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 247 (112) 32 (.91)
42-5FF� -SB 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 278 (126) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1181
1247
1382
1518
1656
1873
1848
2080
2374
2172
2432
2783
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1062
1115
1208
1339
1457
1612
1609
1815
2025
1873
2101
2347
2 high cabinet2- 12" fixed front draw-ers, 1 1⁄ 2" sliding securitybar
3 high cabinet3- 12" fixed front draw-ers, 1 1⁄ 2" sliding securitybar
4 high cabinet4- 12" fixed front draw-ers, 1 1⁄ 2" sliding securitybar
5 high cabinettop opening 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf, other4 openings 12" fixedfront drawers 1 1⁄2" sliding security bar
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-25
Arcus Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
C D S t o r a g e
7 1 ⁄ 2 " D r a w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
A -Arcus Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 5 - 6 B 7 �
36 -cabinet width45 -interior height6 -number of drawersB7 -7.5" box drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesA Arcus Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 drawer filler per drawer, and 3 dividers in 30” widedrawers, 4 dividers in 36” wide drawers and 5 dividers in 42”wide drawers.
Each drawer will hold the following number of CDs.
No. of rows Regular Slim line30” wide 4 140 27636” wide 5 175 34542” wide 6 210 414
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
30-45-6B7� 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 154 (70) 21 (.59)
36-45-6B7� 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 197 (90) 24 (.68)
42-45-6B7� 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 223 (101) 28 (.79)
30-52.5-7B7� 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 170 (77) 23 (.65)
36-52.5-7B7� 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 219 (100) 27 (.76)
42-52.5-7B7� 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 247 (112) 32 (.91)
30-60-8B7� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 186 (85) 26 (.74)
36-60-8B7� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 241 (110) 31 (.88)
42-60-8B7� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 271 (123) 36 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2149
2504
2901
2457
2835
3289
2752
3173
3677
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1822
2126
2448
2075
2394
2759
2315
2669
3072
6 high cabinet6- 7 1⁄ 2" drawers withaccessories
7 high cabinet7- 7 1⁄ 2" drawers withaccessories
8 high cabinet8- 7 1⁄ 2" drawers withaccessories
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-26 August 2008
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
L A T E R A L S
L a t e r a l - P e d
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 �F - R 2 B
36 -cabinet width24 -interior height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
F -12" file drawerR -right side2B -2-6" box drawers
General Information
Laterals include 1 pair of hangfile bars in each lateral filedrawer, pencil tray in a 3" drawer and steel divider in 6" and7 1⁄2" drawers. Counterweights are included and factoryinstalled.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories. Clear plastic label holders are available at nocharge. Specify.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black
30225� -F10RPB7 30 (762) 25 3⁄8 (645) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
3" and 7 1⁄2"h drawers on right-hand side
30225� -F10LPB7 30 (762) 25 3⁄8 (645) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
3" and 7 1⁄2"h drawerson left-hand side
3024� -F-R2B 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
6"h drawers on right-hand side
3024� -F-L2B 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
6"h drawers on left-hand side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1219
1219
1236
1236
1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w file drawer1-3"h x 15"w pencil drawer1-7 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w box drawer1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 30"W file drawerCounterweight included.
1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w file drawer1-3"h x 15"w pencil drawer1-7 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w box drawer1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 30"W file drawerCounterweight included.Left hand unit must be spec-
ified under worksurface.
1-12"h x 15"w file drawer2-6"h x 15"w box drawers1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 30"w file drawerCounterweight included.
1-12"h x 15"w file drawer2-6"h x 15"w box drawers1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 30"w file drawerCounterweight included.Left hand unit must be spec-
ified under worksurface.
Radius Series fronts are illustrated.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-27
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
M u l t i - M e d i a : C a t a l o g s a n d O t h e r S t o r a g e
2 4 " H i n g e d D o o r I n s e r t
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 8 - H D 2 F �
36 -cabinet width48 -interior heightHD -hinged door2 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers arenot included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide cabinets with hingeddoors.
30-48-HD2F� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-48-HD2F� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-48-HD2F�* 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30-48-HD2BF� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 175 (79) 22 (.62)
36-48-HD2BF� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 200 (90) 26 (.74)
42-48-HD2BF�* 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 200 (90) 26 (.74)
30-60-HD3F� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD3F� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD3F�* 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1523
1752
1990
1686
1933
2156
1835
2083
2377
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1310
1506
1696
1425
1633
1838
1563
1770
1996
4 high cabinettop opening 24" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 2 openings12" fixed front drawers
Cabinet with top opening24" hinged door cup-board insert with 1adjustable slotted shelf,next 2 openings 6" fixedfront drawers, bottomopening 12" fixed frontdrawer
5 high cabinettop opening 24" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 3 openings12" fixed front drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-28 August 2008
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
M u l t i - M e d i a : C a t a l o g s a n d O t h e r S t o r a g e
2 4 " H i n g e d D o o r I n s e r t
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 8 - H D 2 F �
36 -cabinet width48 -interior heightHD -hinged door2 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers arenot included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide cabinets with hingeddoors.
30-60-HD2B2F� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD2B2F� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD2B2F�* 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
30-72-HD4F� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD4F� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD4F�* 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1999
2264
2543
2234
2535
2876
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1678
1897
2138
1903
2156
2408
Cabinet with top opening24" hinged door cup-board insert with 1adjustable slotted shelf,next 2 openings 6" fixedfront drawers, bottom 2openings 12" fixed frontdrawers
6 high cabinettop opening 24" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 4 openings12" fixed front drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-29
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
M u l t i - M e d i a : C a t a l o g s a n d O t h e r S t o r a g e
2 7 " H i n g e d D o o r I n s e r t
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 9 . 5 - H D F 1 0 F �
36 -cabinet width49.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doorF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawerF -12" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers arenot included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specified sep-arately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide cabinets with hingeddoors.
3049.5-HDF10F� 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
3649.5-HDF10F� 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
4249.5-HDF10F�* 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30525HD2F� 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36525HD2F� 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42525HD2F�* 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
3058.5-HD3F10� 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
3658.5-HD3F10� 36 (914) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
4258.5-HD3F10�* 42 (1067) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 260 (118) 35 (.99)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1533
1754
1991
1547
1760
2004
1833
2082
2376
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1321
1507
1697
1335
1513
1710
1561
1769
1995
4 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, next opening101⁄2" fixed front drawer,other opening 12" fixedfront drawer.
4 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 2 openings12" fixed front drawers1 1⁄2" tie bar
5 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 3 openings101⁄2" fixed front drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-30 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
M u l t i - M e d i a : C a t a l o g s a n d O t h e r S t o r a g e
2 7 " H i n g e d D o o r I n s e r t
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 9 . 5 - H D F 1 0 F �
36 -cabinet width49.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doorF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawerF -12" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers arenot included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specified sep-arately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide cabinets with hingeddoors.
3060HD2F10F� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
3660HD2F10F� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
4260HD2F10F�* 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
3061.5HDF102F� 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 200 (90) 28 (.79)
3661.5HDF102F� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 33 (.93)
4261.5HDF102F�* 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 265 (120) 38 (1.0)
3069-HD4F10� 30 (762) 71 7⁄8 (1826) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
3669-HD4F10� 36 (914) 71 7⁄8 (1826) 266 (121) 36 (1.0)
4269-HD4F10�* 42 (1067) 71 7⁄8 (1826) 301 (137) 41 (1.1)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1835
2083
2377
1836
2084
2378
2191
2492
2833
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1563
1770
1996
1565
1771
1997
1860
2113
2365
5 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, 2-10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers and 1-12"fixed front drawer
5 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, 1 opening 101⁄2"fixed front drawer and2-12" fixed front drawers
5 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 4 openings101⁄2" fixed front drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-31
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
M u l t i - M e d i a : C a t a l o g s a n d O t h e r S t o r a g e
2 7 " H i n g e d D o o r I n s e r t
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 9 . 5 - H D F 1 0 F �
36 -cabinet width49.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doorF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawerF -12" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Cabinets are priced inclu-sive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pullout opening.Hinged doors are standard with self-closing European stylehinges that open 110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" andare height adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers arenot included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specified sep-arately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide cabinets with hingeddoors..
30735HDF103F� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36735HDF103F� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42735HDF103F�* 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-75-HD4F� 30 (762) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-75-HD4F� 36 (914) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-75-HD4F�* 42 (1067) 77 7⁄8 (1978) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
2251
2558
2905
2280
2583
2928
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1919
2179
2437
1948
2204
2460
6 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, 1-10 1⁄2" fixedfront drawers and 3- 12"fixed front drawers
6 high cabinettop opening 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 4 openings12" fixed front drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
L A T E R A L S
2 5 1 ⁄ 2 " S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 5 - S S 3 F �
36 -cabinet width615 -interior heightSS -SuperStor™ insert3 -number of drawersF -file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. 25 1⁄2” SuperStor insertshave three vertical compartments with slots at 1” incre-ments. Each compartment holds 22 trays. SuperStor trays,
WHICH ARE SOLD SEPARATELY slide into the slots. Trayfronts angle downwards 1⁄2” to permit labeling. Cabinets arepriced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pulloutopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-32 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N - Linear Series
Product No.
36615-SS3F� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 199 (90) 32 (.91)
36735-SS4F� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 231 (105) 37 (1.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25 (11.3) .5
ListPrice
$
$
$
1907
2380
196
ListPrice
$
$
$
1708
2116
196
Cabinet with 25 1⁄ 2"SuperStor™ insert and3-12" fixed front drawers.
Order trays
separately.
Cabinet with 25 1⁄ 2"SuperStor™ insert and4-12" fixed front drawers.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Weight Cube
Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-33
L A T E R A L S
5 1 " S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 5 - S S F 1 0 �
36 -cabinet width615 -interior heightSS -SuperStor™ insertF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. 51” SuperStor insertshave three vertical compartments with slots at 1” incre-ments. Each compartment holds 48 trays. SuperStor trays,
WHICH ARE SOLD SEPARATELY slide into the slots. Trayfronts angle downwards 1⁄2” to permit labeling. Cabinets arepriced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars in each pulloutopening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N - Linear Series
Product No.
36615-SSF10� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 211 (96) 32 (.91)
36735-SSF10F� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 243 (110) 37 (1.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25 (11.3) .5
ListPrice
$
$
$
1537
2011
196
ListPrice
$
$
$
1471
1878
196
Cabinet with 51"SuperStor™ insert and1-10 1⁄ 2" fixed frontdrawer.
Order trays
separately.
Cabinet with 51"SuperStor™ insert and1-10 1⁄ 2" fixed frontdrawer and 1-12" fixedfront drawer.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Weight Cube
Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-34 August 2008
L A T E R A L S
2 5 1 ⁄ 2 " S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t w i t h H i n g e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 5 - S S H D 3 F �
36 -cabinet width615 -interior heightSSHD -SuperStor™ insert with hinged
doors3 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. 25 1⁄2” SuperStor insertshave three vertical compartments with slots at 1” incre-ments. Each compartment holds 22 trays. SuperStor trays,
WHICH ARE SOLD SEPARATELY, slide into the slots. Trayfronts angle downwards 1⁄2” to permit labeling. Hinged doorsare standard with self-closing European style hinges thatopen 110°. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hang-file bars in each pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N - Linear Series
Product No.
36615-SSHD3F� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 224 (102) 32 (.91)
36735-SSHD4F� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 256 (116) 37 (1.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25 (11.3) .5
ListPrice
$
$
$
2228
2702
196
ListPrice
$
$
$
1974
2381
196
Cabinet with 25 1⁄ 2"SuperStor™ insert withhinged doors and 3-12"fixed front drawers.
Order trays
separately.
Cabinet with 25 1⁄ 2"SuperStor™ insert withhinged doors and 4-12"fixed front drawers.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Weight Cube
Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
L A T E R A L S
5 1 " S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t w i t h H i n g e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 5 - S S H D F 1 0 �
36 -cabinet width615 -interior heightSSHD -SuperStor™ insert with hinged
doorsF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. 51” SuperStor insertshave three vertical compartments with slots at 1” incre-ments. Each compartment holds 48 trays. SuperStor trays,
WHICH ARE SOLD SEPARATELY, slide into the slots. Trayfronts angle downwards 1⁄2” to permit labeling. Hinged doorsare standard with self-closing European style hinges thatopen 110°. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hang-file bars in each pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August2008 B-35
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N - Linear Series
Product No.
36615-SSHDF10� 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 296 (135) 32 (.91)
36735-SSHDF10F� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 328 (149) 37 (1.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25 (11.3) .5
ListPrice
$
$
$
2066
2540
196
ListPrice
$
$
$
1903
2310
196
Cabinet with 51"SuperStor™ insert withhinged doors and 1-10 1⁄ 2" fixed frontdrawer.
Order trays
separately.
Cabinet with 51"SuperStor™ insert withhinged doors and 1-10 1⁄ 2" fixed frontdrawer and 1-12" fixedfront drawer.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated.
Weight Cube
Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
L A T E R A L S
S l i d i n g D o o r C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 1 5 S D - S H
36 -cabinet width15 -interior heightSD -sliding doorsSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. Shelves are slotted every1 1⁄2” and are height adjustable in 1 1⁄2” increments. Shelfdividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for accessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on sliding door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
3015SD 30 (762) 17 7⁄8 (454) 39 (18) 8 (.22)
3615SD 36 (914) 17 7⁄8 (454) 48 (22) 10 (.28)
4215SD 42 (1067) 17 7⁄8 (454) 57 (26) 11 (.31)
3015SD-SH 30 (762) 17 7⁄8 (454) 49 (23) 8 (.22)
3615SD-SH 36 (914) 17 7⁄8 (454) 59 (27) 10 (.28)
4215SD-SH 42 (1067) 17 7⁄8 (454) 69 (31) 11 (.31)
3021SD 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (606) 47 (21) 11 (.31)
3621SD 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29) 13 (.37)
4221SD 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (606) 83 (38) 15 (.42)
3021SD-SH 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (606) 57 (26) 11 (.31)
3621SD-SH 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 76 (34) 13 (.37)
4221SD-SH 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (606) 95 (43) 15 (.42)
3024SD 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 75 (33) 12 (.34)
3624SD 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (45) 14 (.40)
4224SD 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 110 (50) 16 (.45)
3024SD-SH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 12 (.34)
3624SD-SH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 14 (.40)
4224SD-SH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 16 (.45)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
512
558
588
585
630
660
566
605
645
638
677
717
566
605
645
638
677
717
Cabinet with slidingdoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with slidingdoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with slidingdoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-36 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
L A T E R A L S
S l i d i n g D o o r C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 7 S D - S H
36 -cabinet width27 -interior heightSD -sliding doorsSH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8” less. Shelves are slotted every1 1⁄2” and are height adjustable in 1 1⁄2” increments. Shelfdividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for accessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on sliding door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
3027SD 30 (762) 29 7⁄8 (759) 83 (38) 14 (.40)
3627SD 36 (914) 29 7⁄8 (759) 104 (47) 16 (.45)
4227SD 42 (1067) 29 7⁄8 (759) 120 (54) 18 (.51)
3027SD-SH 30 (762) 29 7⁄8 (759) 94 (43) 14 (.40)
3627SD-SH 36 (914) 29 7⁄8 (759) 117 (53) 16 (.45)
4227SD-SH 42 (1067) 29 7⁄8 (759) 135 (61) 18 (.51)
3030SD 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 115 (52) 14 (.40)
3630SD 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 120 (54) 17 (.48)
4230SD 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 130 (59) 20 (.56)
3030SD-SH 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
3630SD-SH 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
4230SD-SH 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 140 (64) 20 (.56)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
618
643
698
691
715
771
652
676
748
725
749
820
Cabinet with slidingdoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with slidingdoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-37
B-38 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width24 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3021HD� 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (606) 47 (21) 11 (.31)
3621HD� 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29) 13 (.37)
4221HD� * 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (606) 83 (38) 15 (.42)
3021HD� -SH 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (606) 57 (26) 11 (.31)
3621HD� -SH 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 76 (34) 13 (.37)
4221HD� -SH* 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (606) 95 (43) 15 (.42)
3024HD� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 75 (33) 12 (.34)
3624HD� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 14 (.40)
4224HD� * 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 110 (50) 16 (.45)
3024HD� -SH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 12 (.34)
3624HD� -SH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 14 (.40)
4224HD� -SH* 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 16 (.45)
3027HD� 30 (762) 29 7⁄8 (759) 83 (38) 14 (.40)
3627HD� 36 (914) 29 7⁄8 (759) 104 (47) 16 (.45)
4227HD� * 42 (1067) 29 7⁄8 (759) 120 (54) 18 (.51)
3027HD� -SH 30 (762) 29 7⁄8 (759) 94 (43) 14 (.40)
3627HD� -SH 36 (914) 29 7⁄8 (759) 117 (53) 16 (.45)
4227HD� -SH* 42 (1067) 29 7⁄8 (759) 135 (61) 18 (.51)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
654
716
798
727
789
870
654
716
798
727
789
870
758
770
838
831
842
910
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
566
605
645
638
677
717
566
605
645
638
677
717
618
643
698
691
715
771
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories Note: Not available in
Arcus Series.
As above but with 1 slotted shelf Note: Not available in
Arcus Series.
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-39
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 3 0 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width30 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets..
3030HD� 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 115 (52) 14 (.40)
3630HD� 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 120 (54) 17 (.48)
4230HD� * 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 130 (59) 20 (.56)
3030HD� -SH 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
3630HD� -SH 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
4230HD� -SH* 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 140 (64) 20 (.56)
3036HD� 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
3636HD� 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 140 (64) 20 (.56)
4236HD� * 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 23 (.65)
3036HD� -SH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
3636HD� -SH 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 145 (66) 20 (.56)
4236HD� -SH* 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 155 (70) 23 (.65)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
758
779
880
831
852
952
770
898
921
915
1043
1066
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
652
676
748
725
749
820
664
728
801
809
873
946
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-40 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 4 5 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width45 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3040.5HD � 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 135 (61) 18 (.51)
3640.5HD � 36 (914) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 145 (66) 20 (.56)
4240.5HD � * 42 (1067) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 160 (73) 28 (.79)
3040.5HD � -SH 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (64) 18 (.51)
3640.5HD � -SH 36 (914) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
4240.5HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 160 (73) 28 (.79)
3045HD � 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 135 (61) 21 (.59)
3645HD � 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 145 (66) 24 (.68)
4245HD � * 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 155 (70) 28 (.79)
3045HD � -SH 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 140 (64) 21 (.59)
3645HD � -SH 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 150 (68) 24 (.68)
4245HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 160 (73) 28 (.79)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
793
939
991
938
1084
1136
838
984
1118
983
1129
1263
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
687
769
872
832
914
1016
707
821
939
852
966
1084
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-41
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 4 8 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width48 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3048HD � 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 160 (73) 22 (.62)
3648HD � 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
4248HD � * 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 190 (86) 30 (.85)
3048HD � -SH 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 165 (75) 22 (.62)
3648HD � -SH 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
4248HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 30 (.85)
3049.5HD � 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 160 (73) 22 (.62)
3649.5HD � 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
4249.5HD � * 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 190 (86) 30 (.85)
3049.5HD � -SH 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 165 (75) 22 (.62)
3649.5HD � -SH 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
4249.5HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 195 (88) 30 (.85)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
880
1016
1152
1025
1161
1297
880
1016
1152
1025
1161
1297
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
751
854
971
896
999
1116
751
854
971
896
999
1116
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-42 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 5 4 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width54 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3052.5HD � 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 160 (73) 23 (.65)
3652.5HD � 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 170 (77) 27 (.76)
4252.5HD � * 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3052.5HD � -SH 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 165 (75) 23 (.65)
3652.5HD � -SH 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 175 (79) 27 (.76)
4252.5HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 195 (88) 32 (.91)
3054HD � 30 (762) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 165 (75) 24 (.68)
3654HD � 36 (914) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 175 (79) 28 (.79)
4254HD � * 42 (1067) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 195 (88) 33 (.93)
3054HD � -SH 30 (762) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 170 (77) 24 (.68)
3654HD � -SH 36 (914) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
4254HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 56 7⁄8 (1445) 200 (91) 33 (.93)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
895
1037
1152
1040
1182
1297
954
1015
1173
1172
1233
1390
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
763
874
1007
908
1019
1152
769
877
1009
986
1094
1226
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 3 slotted shelves
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-43
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 0 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width60 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets..
3060HD� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
3660HD� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 31 (.88)
4260HD� * 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 36 (1.0)
3060HD� -SH 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
3660HD� -SH 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 190 (86) 31 (.88)
4260HD� -SH* 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 215 (98) 36 (1.0)
3060HD� -W 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
3660HD� -W 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 31 (.88)
4260HD� -W* 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 36 (1.0)
3060HD� -WS 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
3660HD� -WS 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 31 (.88)
4260HD� -WS* 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 36 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
994
1046
1203
1212
1263
1421
1093
1145
1302
1261
1313
1470
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
773
880
1011
990
1097
1229
872
979
1110
1040
1147
1278
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 3 slotted shelves
Cabinet with 1 blankshelf and side-to-sidecoat rod
Cabinet with hingeddoors,1 full width blank shelf,3 half width shelves and1 half width coat rod
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-44 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 . 5 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width61.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3061.5HD � 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 175 (79) 27 (.76)
3661.5HD � 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 185 (84) 32 (.91)
4261.5HD � * 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 215 (98) 37 (1.0)
3061.5HD � -SH 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 180 (82) 27 (.76)
3661.5HD � -SH 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
4261.5HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
3061.5HD � -W 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635 175 (79) 27 (.76)
3661.5HD � -W 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 185 (84) 32 (.91)
4261.5HD � -W* 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 215 (98) 37 (1.0)
3061.5HD � -WS 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 180 (82) 27 (.76)
3661.5HD � -WS 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
4261.5HD � -WS* 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
994
1046
1203
1212
1263
1421
1093
1145
1302
1261
1313
1470
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
773
880
1011
990
1097
1229
872
979
1110
1040
1147
1278
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 3 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 blank shelf andside-to-side coat rod
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blankshelf, 3 half widthshelves and 1 half widthcoat rod
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-45
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 7 . 5 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width67.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3067.5HD � 30 (762) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 185 (84) 29 (.82)
3667.5HD � 36 (914) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 210 (95) 35 (1.1)
4267.5HD � * 42 (1067) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 225 (103) 35 (1.1)
3067.5HD � -SH 30 (762) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 190 (86) 29 (.82)
3667.5HD � -SH 36 (914) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 215 (98) 35 (1.1)
4267.5HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 230 (104) 39 (1.1)
3067.5HD � -W 30 (762) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 185 (84) 29 (.82)
3667.5HD � -W 36 (914) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 210 (95) 35 (1.1)
4267.5HD � -W* 42 (1067) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 225 (103) 39 (1.1)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1164
1292
1350
1454
1581
1640
1263
1390
1449
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
855
973
1103
1145
1263
1392
953
1072
1201
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 blank shelf andside-to-side coat rod
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-46 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 7 3 . 5 H D � - S H
36 -cabinet width73.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged doorcabinets.
3073.5HD � 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3673.5HD � 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HD � * 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HD � -SH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3673.5HD � -SH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HD � -SH* 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HD � -W 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3673.5HD � -W 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HD � -W* 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1245
1382
1445
1535
1672
1735
1344
1481
1544
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
937
1065
1197
1226
1355
1487
1035
1163
1296
Cabinet with hingeddoors no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors 1 blank shelf andside-to-side coat rod
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-47
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t w i t h S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 . 5 - H D � - S S
36 -cabinet width61.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SS -SuperStor™
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. SuperStor™ cabinets areequipped with an internal storage organizer that consists ofthree vertical compartments with slots at 1" increments.SuperStor™ trays, WHICH ARE SOLD SEPARATELY, slideinto the slots. Tray fronts angle downwards 1⁄2" to permitlabeling. Hinged doors are standard with self-closingEuropean style hinges that open 110°.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. SuperStor™ inserts andtrays are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
3624HD � -SS 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (1597) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
3649.5HD � -SS 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 190 (86) 26 (.74)
3661.5HD � -SS 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 235 (107) 32 (.91)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25 (11.3) .5
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1098
1643
1674
196
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
988
1448
1503
196
Cabinet with 24" highSuperStor™ insert. Threevertical compartmentswith slots at 1" incre-ments hold 22 slidingtrays per compartment.
Order trays
separately.
Cabinet with 49 1⁄2" highSuperStor™ insert. Threevertical compartmentswith slots at 1" incre-ments hold 48 slidingtrays per compartment.
Order trays
separately.
Cabinet with 49 1⁄2" highSuperStor™ insert. Threevertical compartmentswith slots at 1" incre-ments hold 48 slidingtrays per compartment.10 1⁄2" clearance frombottom of cabinet tobottom of insert.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Weight Cube
Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-48 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t w i t h S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 7 3 . 5 - H D � - S S
36 -cabinet width73.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doors� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SS -SuperStor™
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. SuperStor™ cabinets areequipped with an internal storage organizer that consists ofthree vertical compartments with slots at 1" increments.SuperStor™ trays, WHICH ARE SOLD SEPARATELY, slideinto the slots. Tray fronts angle downwards 1⁄2" to permitlabeling. Hinged doors are standard with self-closingEuropean style hinges that open 110°.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list. Note:
Locks cannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. SuperStor™ inserts andtrays are finished in black. Arcus pull color must be specifiedseparately.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
3673.5HD � -SS 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25 (11.3) .5
ListPrice
$
$
1955
196
ListPrice
$
$
1694
196
Cabinet with 49 1⁄2" highSuperStor™ insert. Threevertical compartmentswith slots at 1" incre-ments hold 48 slidingtrays per compartment.22 1⁄2" clearance frombottom of cabinet tobottom of insert.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-49
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Depth: 18"
L A T E R A L S
B o o k c a s e / F i l e C o m b i n a t i o n C a b i n e t s
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 1 5�- 2 F 1 0 2 S H
36 -cabinet width615 -interior height� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
2 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" fixed front drawers2SH -number of adjustable shelves
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening. Shelves are adjustable except theshelf above the file drawers. All shelves are slotted to acceptdividers. shelf dividers are not included. See Accessoriessection.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30495� -2F101SH 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 165 (74) 22 (.62)
36495� -2F101SH 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 183 (83) 26 (.74)
42495� -2F101SH 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 210 (95) 30 (.85)
30615� -2F102SH 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1685) 187 (84) 27 (.76)
36615� -2F102SH 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1685) 210 (95) 32 (.91)
42615� -2F102SH 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1685) 240 (108) 37 (1.0)
30615� -3F101SH 30 (762) 64 3⁄8 (1685) 190 (86) 27 (.76)
36615� -3F101SH 36 (914) 64 3⁄8 (1685) 212 (96) 32 (.91)
42615� -3F101SH 42 (1067) 64 3⁄8 (1685) 243 (109) 37 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1233
1415
1619
1376
1533
1747
1464
1739
2001
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1069
1243
1399
1183
1338
1503
1185
1512
1703
4 high cabinet with 2bookcase openings and2-10 1⁄2" drawers
5 high cabinet with 3bookcase openings and2-10 1⁄2" drawers
5 high cabinet with 2bookcase openings and3-10 1⁄2" drawers
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Bookcase Opening Clearances
Top 12 1⁄2"Bottom 14"
Bookcase Opening Clearances
Top 14"Bottom 14"
Bookcase Opening Clearances
Top 12 1⁄2"Middle 12 1⁄ 2"Bottom 13"
Dwg. Interior Exterior
No. Height Height
in. (mm) in. (mm)
1. 15" (381) 17 7⁄8" (454)
2. 16 1⁄2" (419) 19 3⁄8" (492)
3. 18" (457) 20 7⁄8" (530)
4. 19 1⁄2" (495) 22 3⁄8" (568)
5. 21" (533) 23 7⁄8" (606)
6. 22 1⁄2" (572) 25 3⁄8" (645)
7. 24" (610) 26 7⁄8" (683)
8. 25 1⁄2" (648) 28 3⁄8" (721)
9. 27" (686) 29 7⁄8" (759)
10. 28 1⁄2" (724) 31 3⁄8" (797)
11. 30" (762) 32 7⁄8" (835)
12. 31 1⁄2" (800) 34 3⁄8" (873)
13. 33" (838) 35 7⁄8" (911)
14. 34 1⁄2" (876) 37 3⁄8" (949)
15. 36" (914) 38 7⁄8" (987)
16. 37 1⁄2" (953) 40 3⁄8" (1026)
17. 39" (991) 41 7⁄8" (1064)
18. 40 1⁄2" (1029) 43 3⁄8" (1102)
19. 42" (1067) 44 7⁄8" (1140)
20. 43 1⁄2" (1105) 46 3⁄8" (1178)
21. 45" (1143) 47 7⁄8" (1216)
22. 46 1⁄2" (1181) 49 3⁄8" (1254)
23. 48" (1219) 50 7⁄8" (1292)
24. 49 1⁄2" (1257) 52 3⁄8" (1330)
25. 51" (1295) 53 7⁄8" (1368)
26. 52 1⁄2" (1334) 55 3⁄8" (1407)
27. 54" (1372) 56 7⁄8" (1445)
28. 55 1⁄2" (1410) 58 3⁄8" (1483)
29. 57" (1448) 59 7⁄8" (1521)
30. 58 1⁄2" (1486) 61 3⁄8" (1559)
31. 60" (1524) 62 7⁄8" (1597)
32. 61 1⁄2" (1562) 64 3⁄8" (1635)
33. 63" (1600) 65 7⁄8" (1673)
34. 64 1⁄2" (1638) 67 3⁄8" (1711)
35. 66" (1676) 68 7⁄8" (1749)
36. 67 1⁄2" (1715) 70 3⁄8" (1788)
37. 69" (1753) 71 7⁄8" (1826)
38. 70 1⁄2" (1791) 73 3⁄8" (1864)
39. 72" (1829) 74 7⁄8" (1902)
40. 73 1⁄2" (1867) 76 3⁄8" (1940)
41. 75" (1905) 77 7⁄8" (1978)
42. 76 1⁄2" (1943) 79 3⁄8" (2016)
Total of interior components specified must equal interi-or case height. 1 1⁄2" for structural tie bar must be
added to interior components that total 61 1⁄2" or more.
Tie bar is not required:• for all Radius and Linear Series• for Storage Centers, 9900 Series and Arcus Series
if build-up includes hinged door insert, fixed shelfor SuperStor™ insert in the top opening.
Note: Exterior cabinet heights shown above are nominal.Actual heights, with glides fully recessed, are 1⁄8" less.Cabinets are 18" deep.
A standard 1 1⁄2" structural tie bar will be providedby the factory in all cabinets with 64 3⁄8" or more exteri-or height except for Radius and Linear Series whichinclude a hidden tie bar. The tie bar is usually positioned±36" from the bottom of the cabinet.
B A S I C C A B I N E T S
B a s i c L a t e r a l C a b i n e t s
9. 10. 11. 12.
17. 18. 19. 20.
25. 26. 27. 28.
34. 35. 36. 37.
30-27� $
36-27� $
42-27� $
30-28.5� $
36-28.5� $
42-28.5� $
30-30� $
36-30� $
42-30� $
30-31.5� $
36-31.5� $
42-31.5� $
30-39� $
36-39� $
42-39� $
30-40.5� $
36-40.5� $
42-40.5� $
30-42� $
36-42� $
42-42� $
30-43.5� $
36-43.5� $
42-43.5� $
30-51� $
36-51� $
42-51� $
30-52.5� $
36-52.5� $
42-52.5� $
30-54� $
36-54� $
42-54� $
30-55.5� $
36-55.5� $
42-55.5� $
30-64.5� $
36-64.5� $
42-64.5� $
30-66� $
36-66� $
42-66� $
30-67.5� $
36-67.5� $
42-67.5� $
30-69� $
36-69� $
42-69� $
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-50 August 2008
1. 2. 3. 4.
30-15� $
36-15� $
42-15� $
30-16.5� $
36-16.5� $
42-16.5� $
30-18� $
36-18� $
42-18� $
30-19.5� $
36-19.5� $
42-19.5� $
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet product number.2. Specify cabinet interiors from TOP to BOTTOM.3. Specify accessories, refer to Accessories section.4. Specify finish color.5. Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not
required add suffix '/NL' after product number.Deduct $41 list.
351
387
416
415
426
474
449
502
578
486
583
687
529
642
750
363
393
418
426
441
496
453
522
604
487
586
694
546
664
770
366
394
421
459
541
629
427
458
518
495
590
697
567
683
791
368
395
426
428
460
519
460
561
655
496
595
705
582
705
813
B A S I C C A B I N E T S
B a s i c L a t e r a l C a b i n e t s
General Information
Cases in this section are basic empty units withoutdoors, drawers or accessories. Specify cabinet compo-nents and accessories on the following pages ensuringthe total height of the selected components equals thetotal interior clear height of the case. Cabinets are avail-able in 42 case heights and 3 widths. Interior compo-nents are available in 1 1⁄2", 3", 4 1⁄2", 6", 7 1⁄2", 9",10 1⁄2", 12", 13 1⁄2", 15", 16 1⁄2", 24", 27" and 39" sizes.(Note: 3” and 4 1⁄2" drawers specified in a bottom open-ing, above a tie bar or above a reference shelf cannot belocked.) 5⁄8" glides are standard and can be used with orwithout base aprons. Counterweights are recommendedin units with file or EDP drawers. For weights and cubesrefer to page 12.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bod-ies and accessories are finished in black. Arcus pullcolor must be specified separately.
5. 6. 7. 8.
13. 14. 15. 16.
21. 22. 23. 24.
29. 30. 31. 32.
38. 39. 40.
33.
42.41.
30-21� $
36-21� $
42-21� $
30-22.5� $
36-22.5� $
42-22.5� $
30-24� $
36-24� $
42-24� $
30-25.5� $
36-25.5� $
42-25.5� $
30-33� $
36-33� $
42-33� $
30-34.5� $
36-34.5� $
42-34.5� $
30-36� $
36-36� $
42-36� $
30-37.5� $
36-37.5� $
42-37.5� $
30-45� $
36-45� $
42-45� $
30-46.5� $
36-46.5� $
42-46.5� $
30-48� $
36-48� $
42-48� $
30-49.5� $
36-49.5� $
42-49.5� $
30-57� $
36-57� $
42-57� $
30-58.5� $
36-58.5� $
42-58.5� $
30-60� $
36-60� $
42-60� $
30-61.5� $
36-61.5� $
42-61.5� $
30-70.5� $
36-70.5� $
42-70.5� $
30-72� $
36-72� $
42-72� $
30-73.5� $
36-73.5� $
42-73.5� $
30-75� $
36-75� $
42-75� $
30-63� $
36-63� $
42-63� $
30-76.5� $
36-76.5� $
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-51
* Radius and Linear Series cases do not have a tiebar.Example: Case #33 - 30-63When specifying Radius or Linear fronts fill theentire 63" of interior height. All other product linesfill 63" - 1.5" = 61.5" of interior height.
Product Code Key Example
3 0 - 6 3 �*30 -cabinet width63 -cabinet interior clear height including tie bar� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
369
396
428
429
462
524
461
576
677
498
601
710
602
727
837
370
397
429
432
467
533
462
578
678
499
602
711
625
748
856
371
398
432
434
469
533
463
579
679
501
603
712
642
771
885
407
411
448
442
485
558
474
580
680
502
604
713
670
796
908
516
624
730
695
820
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-52 August 2008
Dwg. Interior Security Exterior
No. Clear Height Bar Height
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1. 24" (610) 1 1⁄2" (38) 28 3⁄8" (721)
2. 36" (914) 1 1⁄2" (38) 40 3⁄8" (1026)
3. 48" (1219) 1 1⁄2" (38) 52 3⁄8" (1330)
4. 60" (1524) 1 1⁄2" (38) 64 3⁄8" (1635)
5. 61 1⁄2" (1562) 1 1⁄2" (38) 65 7⁄8" (1673)
6. 66" (1676) 1 1⁄2" (38) 70 3⁄8" (1788)
7. 72" (1829) 1 1⁄2" (38) 76 3⁄8" (1940)
8. 75" (1905) 1 1⁄2" (38) 79 3⁄8" (2016)
Note: Exterior cabinet heights shown are nominal.Actual heights, with glides fully recessed, are 1⁄8" less.Cabinets are 18" deep.
Cabinets come with piano style hinges, a 1 1⁄2"sliding security bar and a lock hook with double sidedtape.
Important:
These are available in Storage Centers, 9900 Seriesand Arcus Series only. Security lock bars cannot befield installed. Tie bar, filler panel, hinged door insertsand SuperStor™ inserts cannot be specified as cabinetinteriors. Reference shelf cannot be positioned aboveor below the security bar.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Sliding secu-rity bar and hinges are the same finish as the case.Drawer bodies and accessories are finished in black.Arcus pull color must be specified separately.
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet product number.2. Specify cabinet interiors from TOP to BOTTOM
ensuring that the total height of the selectedcomponents equals the total interior clear heightof the case.
3. Specify accessories, refer to Accessories section.4. Specify finish color.5. Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not
required add suffix '/NL' after product number.Deduct $41 list.
B A S I C C A B I N E T S
B a s i c L a t e r a l C a b i n e t s w i t h S e c u r i t y L o c k B a r
30-25.5� SB $
36-25.5� SB $
42-25.5� SB $
30-37.5� SB $
36-37.5� SB $
42-37.5� SB $
30-49.5� SB $
36-49.5� SB $
42-49.5� SB $
Product Code Key Example
3 0 - 6 3 � S B30 -cabinet width63 -cabinet interior clear height including sliding
security bar� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesA Arcus Series
SB -sliding security bar
30-61.5� SB $
36-61.5� SB $
42-61.5� SB $
30-63� SB $
36-63� SB $
42-63� SB $
30-67.5� SB $
36-67.5� SB $
42-67.5� SB $
30-73.5� SB $
36-73.5� SB $
42-73.5� SB $
30-76.5� SB $
36-76.5� SB $
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7. 8.
631
634
672
797
899
1008
958
1087
1201
693
736
809
815
923
1029
1023
1148
748
854
954
873
988
1096
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-53
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
I n t e r i o r D r a w e r s w i t h A c c e s s o r i e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 0 . 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
10.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthHF -hangfile barsHFSR -HF w/sliding rails
General Information
The following media modules contain all necessary acces-sories to accommodate the media shown.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
10.5FF � -30HF 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 16 (7.2)
10.5FF � -36HF 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 20 (9.0)
10.5FF � -42HF 42 (1067) 10 1⁄2 (267) 24(10.8)
10.5FF � -30HFSR 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 17 (7.7)
10.5FF � -36HFSR 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 21 (9.5)
10.5FF � -42HFSR 42 (1067) 10 1⁄2 (267) 25(11.3)
12FF � -30HF 30 (762) 12 (305) 17 (7.7)
12FF � -36HF 36 (914) 12 (305) 21 (9.5)
12FF � -42HF 42 (1067) 12 (305) 25(11.3)
12LU �/PS-30HF 30 (762) 12 (305) 22 (9.9)
12LU �/PS-36HF 36 (914) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU �/PS-42HF 42 (1067) 12 (305) 33(14.9)
12FF � -30HFSR 30 (762) 12 (305) 18 (8.2)
12FF � -36HFSR 36 (914) 12 (305) 22 (9.9)
12FF � -42HFSR 42 (1067) 12 (305) 26(11.7)
12LU �/PS-30HFSR 30 (762) 12 (305) 23(10.4)
12LU �/PS-36HFSR 36 (914) 12 (305) 28(12.7)
12LU �/PS-42HFSR 42 (1067) 12 (305) 34(15.4)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
275
306
354
293
324
372
275
306
354
275
306
354
293
324
372
293
324
372
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
215
240
267
233
258
285
215
240
267
215
240
267
233
258
285
233
258
285
10 1⁄2" fixed front pulloutdrawer with 1 pair hang-file bars for filing side-to-side. Note: Not to beused for bottom filing.
10 1⁄2" fixed front pulloutdrawer with 1 pair hang-file bars and 2 slidingrails for filing front-to-back. Note: Not to beused for bottom filing.
12" fixed front pulloutdrawer with 1 pair hang-file bars for filing side-to-side
12" lift-up door withpullout shelf and 1 pairhangfile bars for filingside-to-side
12" fixed front pulloutdrawer with 1 pair hang-file bars and 2 slidingrails for filing front-to-back
12" lift-up door withpullout shelf 1 pairhangfile bars and 2 sliding rails for filingfront-to-back
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-54 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
12LU �/FS-30LDV 30 (762) 12 (305) 23(10.4)
12LU �/FS-36LDV 36 (914) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU �/FS-42LDV 42 (1067) 12 (305) 33(14.9)
12LU �/FS-30DV 30 (762) 12 (305) 23(10.4)
12LU �/FS-36DV 36 (914) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU �/FS-42DV 42 (1067) 12 (305) 33(14.9)
12LU �/PS-30DV 30 (762) 12 (305) 23(10.4)
12LU �/PS-36DV 36 (914) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU �/PS-42DV 42 (1067) 12 (305) 33(14.9)
13.5LU �/FS-30DV 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 24(10.8)
13.5LU �/FS-36DV 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 28(12.7)
13.5LU �/FS-42DV 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 34(15.4)
13.5LU �/PS-30HF 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 22.5(10.2)
13.5LU �/PS-36HF 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 27.5(12.5)
13.5LU �/PS-42HF 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 33 (15)
13.5LU �/PS-30DV 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 23.5(10.7)
13.5LU �/PS-36DV 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 27.5(12.5)
13.5LU �/PS-42DV 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 33 (15)
13.5FF � -30EDP 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 21 (9.5)
13.5FF � -36EDP 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 24.5(11.0)
13.5FF � -42EDP 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 29.5(13.3)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
I n t e r i o r D r a w e r s w i t h A c c e s s o r i e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 2 L U �F S - 3 6 D V
12 -module heightLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelfLU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthDV -plate dividersLDV -legal/letter adaptor with plate dividers
General Information
The following media modules contain all necessary acces-sories to accommodate the media shown.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
251
289
315
235
273
299
275
306
354
281
317
338
314
353
381
314
353
381
341
380
408
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
222
243
272
206
227
256
215
240
267
215
246
280
244
275
302
244
275
302
271
302
329
letter depth
12" lift-up door withfixed shelf, legal to letteradapter and 3 plate dividers
legal depth
12" lift-up door withfixed shelf and 3 platedividers
12" lift-up door withpullout shelf and 3 platedividers
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withfixed shelf and 3 platedividers
13 1⁄2" lift-up drawer withpull-out shelf and 1 pairof hang-file bars forside-to-side filing
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withpullout shelf and 3 platedividers
13 1⁄2" fixed front drawerwith EDP kit for filingside-to-side
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-55
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
15LU� /FS-30DV 30 (762) 15 (381) 25(11.3)
15LU� /FS-36DV 36 (914) 15 (381) 29(13.0)
15LU� /FS-42DV 42 (1067) 15 (381) 35(15.8)
15FF� -30EDP 30 (762) 15 (381) 21.5 (9.8)
15FF� -36EDP 36 (914) 15 (381) 25(11.3)
15FF� -42EDP 42 (1067) 15 (381)) 30(13.6)
15LU� /PS-30EDP 30 (762) 15 (381) 26.5(12.0)
15LU� /PS-36EDP 36 (914) 15 (381) 31(14.0)
15LU� /PS-42EDP 42 (1067) 15 (381) 36(16.3)
15FF� -30EDPSR 30 (762) 15 (381) 22.5(10.2)
15FF� -36EDPSR 36 (914) 15 (381) 26(11.7)
15FF� -42EDPSR 42 (1067) 15 (381) 31.5(14.3)
16.5FF� -30XRAY 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 19 (8.6)
16.5FF� -36XRAY 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 22.5(10.2)
16.5FF� -42XRAY 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 30(14.0)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
I n t e r i o r D r a w e r s w i t h A c c e s s o r i e s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 5 F F � - 3 6 E D P S R
15 -module heightFF -fixed front drawer� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthEDPSR -EDP kit w/sliding railsTS -tape seal center hang bar
General Information
The following media modules contain all necessary acces-sories to accommodate the media shown.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
281
317
338
341
380
408
341
380
408
359
407
435
392
423
469
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
215
246
280
271
302
329
271
302
329
289
329
356
315
339
383
15" lift-up door withfixed shelf and 3 platedividers
15" fixed front drawerwith EDP kit for filingside-to-side
15" lift-up door withpullout shelf and EDP kitfor filing side-to-side
15" fixed front drawerwith EDP kit and slidingrails (2 in 30",3 in 36" and 42"w) forfront-to-back filing
16 1⁄2" fixed front drawerwith X-ray EDP Kit andsliding rails (1 in 30"and 36", 2 in 42") forfront-to-back filing.Note: Not available in
Linear Series.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-56 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
24HD� /SH-30DV 30 (762) 24 (610) 36(16.3)
24HD� /SH-36DV 36 (914) 24 (610) 50(22.8)
24HD� /SH-42DV * 42 (1067) 24 (610) 64(29.0)
27HD� /SH-30DV 30 (762) 27 (686) 38(17.2)
27HD� /SH-36DV 36 (914) 27 (686) 52(23.5)
27HD� /SH-42DV * 42 (1067) 27 (686) 62(28.1)
39HD� /SH-30DV 30 (762) 39 (991) 52(23.5)
39HD� /SH-36DV 36 (914) 39 (991) 78(35.3)
39HD� /SH-42DV * 42 (1067) 39 (991) 93 (42)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
2 4 " & 2 7 " H i n g e d D o o r C a b i n e t I n s e r t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
2 4 H D �/ S H - 3 0 D V
24 -module heightHD/SH -hinged door w/slotted shelf� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthDV -plate dividers
General Information
The following media modules contain all necessary acces-sories to accommodate the media shown.
Lock Option
Hinged door inserts come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $39 list. Note: Lockscannot be field installed on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged door inserts.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
539
591
631
539
591
631
574
620
655
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
447
476
511
447
476
511
494
522
554
24" and 27" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf and 3 platedividers. Must be speci-
fied in top opening.
Note: 24" insert NOT
available in Arcus
Series.
39" hinged door cabinetinsert with 2 adjustableshelves and 3 platedividers. 39 accommo-dates 3 rows of standardbinders. Must be speci-
fied in top opening.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-57
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
RF-30 30 (762) 1 1⁄2 (38) 8 (3.6)
RF-36 36 (914) 1 1⁄2 (38) 10 (4.5)
RF-42 42 (1067) 1 1⁄2 (38) 12 (5.4)
1.5F-30 30 (762) 1 1⁄2 (38) .75 (.34)
1.5F-36 36 (914) 1 1⁄2 (38) 1 (.45)
1.5F-42 42 (1067) 1 1⁄2 (38) 1.25 (.57)
3FF� -30 30 (762) 3 (76) 10 (4.5)
3FF� -36 36 (914) 3 (76) 12 (5.4)
3FF� -42 42 (1067) 3 (76) 14 (6.3)
3FF� /PL-30 30 (762) 3 (76) 26(11.7)
3FF� /PL-36 36 (914) 3 (76) 32(14.5)
3FF� /PL-42 42 (1067) 3 (76) 39 (18)
4.5FF� -30 30 (762) 4 1⁄2 (114) 10 (4.5)
4.5FF� -36 36 (914) 4 1⁄2 (114) 12 (5.4)
4.5FF� -42 42 (1067) 4 1⁄2 (114) 14 (14)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
7 . 5 F F � - 3 6
7.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelfLU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU -lift-up door
� -specify:Leave Blank Storage Centers
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthDV -plate dividersL -lock36 -width
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
101
103
105
N/A
N/A
N/A
208
232
246
400
424
454
N/A
N/A
N/A
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
101
103
105
39
41
42
155
165
167
315
329
363
155
165
167
1 1⁄2" Opening Interiors
1 1⁄2" reference shelf (can replace tie bar inunits designated with tiebar) Cannot be posi-tioned as top opening,or below hinged doorinserts
1 1⁄2" filler panelCannot be positionedabove or below a refer-ence shelf.
3" Opening Interiors
3" fixed front drawerNote: 3" drawer, whenlocated immediatelyabove a case bottom, tiebar or reference shelfcannot be locked.
3" fixed front drawer with laminate shelfNote: 3" drawer, whenlocated immediatelyabove a case bottom, tiebar or reference shelfcannot be locked.
4.5" Opening Interiors
4.5" fixed front drawer
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-58 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
6FF� -30 30 (762) 6 (152) 12 (5.4)
6FF� -36 36 (914) 6 (152) 16 (7.2)
6FF� -42 42 (1067) 6 (152) 17 (7.7)
7.5FF� -30 30 (762) 7 1⁄2 (191) 13 (5.8)
7.5FF� -36 36 (914) 7 1⁄2 (191) 16.5 (7.4)
7.5FF� -42 42 (1067) 7 1⁄2 (191) 18 (8.2)
9FF� -30 30 (762) 9 (229) 13.5 (6.1)
9FF� -36 36 (914) 9 (229) 16.5 (7.4)
9FF� -42 42 (1067) 9 (229) 19 (8.6)
10.5FF� -30 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 14 (6.3)
10.5FF� -36 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 17 (7.7)
10.5FF� -42 42 (1067) 10 1⁄2 (267) 20 (9.0)
10.5FF� -30RB 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 14 (6.3)
10.5FF� -36RB 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 17 (7.7)
10.5FF� -42RB 42 (1067) 10 1⁄2 (267) 20 (9.0)
10.5FF� -30BF 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 14 (6.3)
10.5FF� -36BF 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 17 (7.7)
10.5FF� -42BF 42 (1067) 10 1⁄2 (267) 20 (9.0)
10.5FF� -30BFRB 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 14 (6.3)
10.5FF� -36BFRB 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 17 (7.7)
10.5FF� -42BFRB 42 (1067) 10 1⁄2 (267) 20 (9.0)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
219
244
260
236
266
302
N/A
N/A
N/A
245
276
324
260
293
342
245
276
324
260
293
342
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
165
184
205
182
203
227
182
203
227
185
210
237
201
227
255
185
210
237
201
227
255
6" Opening Interiors
6" fixed front drawer.Optional drawer filler isrecommended. See pageJ-3.
7 1⁄2" Opening Interiors
7 1⁄2" fixed front drawer.Optional drawer filler isrecommended. See pageJ-3.
9" Opening Interiors
9" fixed front drawer
10 1⁄2" Opening Interiors
10 1⁄2" fixed front drawer,to accommodate sus-pended filing. Note: Notto be used for non-sus-pended filing (drawerwill not accept dividers).
10 1⁄2" plain bottomfixed front drawer withraised back (drawers willnot accept dividers).
10 1⁄2" fixed front drawer,to accommodate non-suspended filing.Note: Not to be usedwith hangfile bars.
10 1⁄2" slotted bottomfixed front drawer withraised back.Note: Not to be usedwith hangfile bars.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
7 . 5 F F � - 3 6
7.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelfLU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU -lift-up door
� -specify:Leave Blank Storage Centers
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -width
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-59
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
12FF� -30 30 (762) 12 (305) 15 (6.8)
12FF� -36 36 (914) 12 (305) 18 (8.2)
12FF� -42 42 (1067) 12 (305) 21 (9.5)
12FF� -30RB 30 (762) 12 (305) 15 (6.8)
12FF� -36RB 36 (914) 12 (305) 18 (8.2)
12FF� -42RB 42 (1067) 12 (305) 21 (9.5)
12LU�/PS-30 30 (762) 12 (305) 20 (9.0)
12LU�/PS-36 36 (914) 12 (305) 24(10.8)
12LU�/PS-42 42 (1067) 12 (305) 29(13.0)
12LU�/PS-30RB 30 (762) 12 (305) 20 (9.0)
12LU�/PS-36RB 36 (914) 12 (305) 24(10.8)
12LU�/PS-42RB 42 (1067) 12 (305) 29(13.0)
12LU�/FS-30 30 (762) 12 (305) 19 (8.6)
12LU�/FS-36 36 (914) 12 (305) 22 (9.9)
12LU�/FS-42 42 (1067) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU�/FS-30RB 30 (762) 12 (305) 19 (8.6)
12LU�/FS-36RB 36 (914) 12 (305) 22 (9.9)
12LU�/FS-42RB 42 (1067) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU�-30 30 (762) 12 (305) 11 (4.9)
12LU�-36 36 (914) 12 (305) 14 (6.3)
12LU�-42 42 (1067) 12 (305) 17 (7.7)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
245
276
324
260
293
342
245
276
324
260
293
342
205
243
269
221
259
287
119
131
143
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
185
210
237
201
227
255
185
210
237
201
227
255
176
197
226
192
214
244
89
105
118
12" Opening Interiors
12" fixed front drawer
12" fixed front drawerwith raised back
12" lift-up door withpullout shelf
12" lift-up door withpullout shelf with raisedback
12" lift-up door withfixed shelf
12" lift-up door withfixed shelf with raisedback
12" lift-up door
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 2 F F � - 3 6 H F
12 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-60 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
12LU�/PL-30 30 (762) 12 (305) 35(15.8)
12LU�/PL-36 36 (914) 12 (305) 44(20.0)
12LU�/PL-42 42 (1067) 12 (305) 52(23.5)
12LU�/66PS-30 30 (762) 12 (305) 22 (9.9)
12LU�/66PS-36 36 (914) 12 (305) 27(12.2)
12LU�/66PS-42 42 (1067) 12 (305) 33(15.0)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
435
480
518
343
375
401
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
405
447
489
313
340
373
12" lift-up door withplastic laminate pullout shelf
12" lift-up door with 2-6" pullout shelves
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 2 F F � - 3 6 H F
12 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-61
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
13.5FF� -30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 15.5 (7.0)
13.5FF� -36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 18.5 (8.4)
13.5FF� -42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 22 (9.9)
13.5FF� -30RB 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 15.5 (7.0)
13.5FF� -36RB 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 18.5 (8.4)
13.5FF� -42RB 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 22 (9.9)
13.5LU� /PS-30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 20.5 (9.3)
13.5LU� /PS-36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 24.5(11.0)
13.5LU� /PS-42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 29(13.0)
13.5LU� /PS-30RB 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 20.5 (9.3)
13.5LU� /PS-36RB 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 24.5(11.0)
13.5LU� /PS-42RB 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 29(13.0)
13.5LU� /FS-30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 19.5 (8.8)
13.5LU� /FS-36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 22.5(10.2)
13.5LU� /FS-42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 27(12.2)
13.5LU� /FS-30RB 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 19.5 (8.8)
13.5LU� /FS-36RB 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 22.5(10.2)
13.5LU� /FS-42RB 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 27(12.2)
13.5LU� -30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 11.5 (5.2)
13.5LU� -36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 14.5 (6.5)
13.5LU� -42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 18 (8.4)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
284
323
351
299
340
369
284
323
351
299
340
369
251
287
308
267
303
326
150
163
181
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
214
245
272
230
261
290
214
245
272
230
261
290
185
216
250
201
233
268
116
143
160
13 1⁄2" Opening
Interiors
13 1⁄2" fixed front drawer
13 1⁄2" fixed front drawerwith raised back
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withpullout shelf
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withpullout shelf with raisedback
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withfixed shelf
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withfixed shelf with raisedback
13 1⁄2" lift-up door
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 3 . 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
13.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-62 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
13.5LU� /PL-30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 35.5(16.1)
13.5LU� /PL-36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 44.5(20.2)
13.5LU� /PL-42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 53.5(24.3)
13.5LU� /66PS-30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 22.5(10.2)
13.5LU� /66PS-36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 27.5(12.5)
13.5LU� /66PS-42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 32.5(14.7)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
468
517
562
369
397
418
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
405
447
489
340
369
405
13 1⁄2" lift-up door withplastic laminate pulloutshelf
13 1⁄2" lift-up door with2-6" pullout shelves
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 3 . 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
13.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-63
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
15FF� -30 30 (762) 15 (381) 16 (7.2)
15FF� -36 36 (914) 15 (381) 19 (8.6)
15FF� -42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 23(10.4)
15FF� -30RB 30 (762) 15 (381) 16 (7.2)
15FF� -36RB 36 (914) 15 (381) 19 (8.6)
15FF� -42RB 42 (1067) 15 (381) 23(10.4)
15LU� /PS-30 30 (762) 15 (381) 21 (9.5)
15LU� /PS-36 36 (914) 15 (381) 25(11.3)
15LU� /PS-42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 29(13.0)
15LU� /PS-30RB 30 (762) 15 (381) 21 (9.5)
15LU� /PS-36RB 36 (914) 15 (381) 25(11.3)
15LU� /PS-42RB 42 (1067) 15 (381) 29(13.0)
15LU� /FS-30 30 (762) 15 (381) 20 (9.0)
15LU� /FS-36 36 (914) 15 (381) 23(10.4)
15LU� /FS-42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 27(12.2)
15LU� /FS-30RB 30 (762) 15 (381) 20 (9.0)
15LU� /FS-36RB 36 (914) 15 (381) 23(10.4)
15LU� /FS-42RB 42 (1067) 15 (381) 27(12.2)
15LU� -30 30 (762) 15 (381) 12 (5.4)
15LU� -36 36 (914) 15 (381) 15 (6.8)
15LU� -42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 19 (8.6)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
284
323
351
299
340
369
284
323
351
299
340
369
251
287
308
267
303
326
150
163
181
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
214
245
272
230
261
290
214
245
272
230
261
290
185
216
250
201
233
268
116
143
160
15" Opening Interiors
15" fixed front drawer
15" fixed front drawerwith raised back
15" lift-up door withpullout shelf
15" lift-up door withpullout shelf with raisedback
15" lift-up door withfixed shelf
15" lift-up door withfixed shelf with raisedback
15" lift-up door
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
15 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-64 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
15LU� /PL-30 30 (762) 15 (381) 36(16.3)
15LU� /PL-36 36 (914) 15 (381) 45(20.4)
15LU� /PL-42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 54(24.4)
15LU� /96PS-30 30 (762) 15 (381) 23(10.4)
15LU� /96PS-36 36 (914) 15 (381) 28(12.7)
15LU� /96PS-42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 33(15.0)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
468
517
562
369
397
418
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
405
447
489
340
369
405
15" lift-up door withplastic laminate pulloutshelf
15" lift-up door with 2pullout shelves, 9" and6"
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
15 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-65
Radius SeriesArcus Series
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
16.5FF� -30 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 17 (7.7)
16.5FF� -36 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 20 (9.0)
16.5FF� -42 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 24(10.8)
16.5FF� -30RB 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 17 (7.7)
16.5FF� -36RB 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 20 (9.0)
16.5FF� -42RB 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 24(10.8)
16.5LU� /PS-30 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 22 (9.9)
16.5LU� /PS-36 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 26(11.7)
16.5LU� /PS-42 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 30(13.6)
16.5LU� /PS-30RB 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 22 (9.9)
16.5LU� /PS-36RB 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 26(11.7)
16.5LU� /PS-42RB 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 30(13.6)
16.5LU� /FS-30 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 21 (9.5)
16.5LU� /FS-36 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 24(10.8)
16.5LU� /FS-42 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 28(12.7)
16.5LU� /FS-30RB 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 21 (9.5)
16.5LU� /FS-36RB 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 24(10.8)
16.5LU� /FS-42RB 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 28(12.7)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
328
359
405
343
376
423
328
359
405
343
376
423
292
315
341
308
332
359
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
251
275
319
267
292
337
251
275
319
267
292
337
227
246
286
243
263
303
16 1⁄2" Opening
Interiors
16 1⁄2" fixed front drawer
16 1⁄2" fixed front drawerwith raised back
16 1⁄2" lift-up door withpullout shelf
16 1⁄2" lift-up door withpullout shelf with raisedback
16 1⁄2" lift-up door withfixed shelf
16 1⁄2" lift-up door withfixed shelf with raisedback
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 6 . 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
16.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-66 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus Series
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
16.5LU� -30 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 13 (5.8)
16.5LU� -36 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 16 (7.2)
16.5LU� -42 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 20 (9.0)
16.5LU� /PL-30 30 (762) 16 1⁄2 (419) 37(16.7)
16.5LU� /PL-36 36 (914) 16 1⁄2 (419) 46(20.8)
16.5LU� /PL-42 42 (1067) 16 1⁄2 (419) 55(24.9)
Storage Centers9900 Series
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
Product No.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
203
223
261
518
576
644
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
167
187
228
457
511
574
16 1⁄2" lift-up door
16 1⁄2" lift-up door withplastic laminate pulloutshelf
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (page B-50) followed bythe interior drawers in order fromTOP to BOTTOM. Interior drawersmay be specified in almost anycombination to make up the TOTALINTERIOR CLEAR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
1 6 . 5 F F � - 3 6 H F
16.5 -module heightFF -fixed front drawerFF/PL -fixed front drawer w/plastic
laminate shelfF - fillerLU/PS -lift-up w/pullout shelf
LU/FS -lift-up w/fixed shelfLU/PL -lift-up w/pullout plastic laminate shelfLU -lift-up door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus Series
36 -widthBF -bottom filing
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
Note: For Arcus Series a lift-up doorcannot be placed below a lift-up withpullout shelf of any type, a referenceshelf or fixed front.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-67
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
24HD�/SH-30 30 (762) 24 (610) 36(16.3)
24HD�/SH-36 36 (914) 24 (610) 50(22.6)
24HD�/SH-42* 42 (1067) 24 (610) 64(29.0)
27HD�/SH-30 30 (762) 27 (686) 38(17.2)
27HD�/SH-36 36 (914) 27 (686) 52(23.5)
27HD�/SH-42* 42 (1067) 27 (686) 62(28.1)
39HD�/SH-30 30 (762) 39 (991) 52(23.5)
39HD�/SH-36 36 (914) 39 (991) 78(35.3)
39HD�/SH-42* 42 (1067) 39 (991) 93 (42)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
H i n g e d D o o r
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet2. Specify insert3. Specify finish color4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
2 4 H D �/ S H - 3 6
24 -opening sizeHD -hinged door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
SH -shelf36 -width
General Information
Drawers and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories. For drawers with accessories see completemedia modules starting on page B-53. See Lateral FileAccessories section for accessories.
Lock Option
Hinged door inserts come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories, drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
*Note: Linear Series is not available in 42" wide hinged door inserts.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
509
561
601
509
561
601
544
590
625
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
417
446
481
417
446
481
464
492
524
Hinged Door Inserts
for Top of Cabinet
24", 27" and 39”
Opening Interiors
24" and 27" openingswith hinged doors, 1adjustable slotted shelf.Bottom shelf is standardwith slots. Must be
specified in the top
opening. Shelf dividersare not included.Note: 24" insert NOT
available in Arcus
Series.
39” opening with 2adjustable slottedshelves. 39” accommo-dates 3 rows of standardbinders. Bottom shelf isstandard with slots.Must be specified in
the top opening.
Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-68 August 2008
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
24SS-36 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (606) 55(29.4)
25.5SSHD� -36 36 (914) 25 1⁄2 (648) 80(36.0)
25.5SS-36 36 (914) 25 1⁄2 (648) 55(24.9)
49.5SS-36 36 (914) 49 3⁄8 (1254) 110 (50)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet2. Specify insert3. Specify optional trays4. Specify finish color for inserts with doors.
Product Code Key Example
2 4 S S H D � - 3 6
24 -opening sizeSS -SuperStor™ insertHD -hinged door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -cabinet width
General Information
SuperStor™ inserts are designed exclusively to fit inside
36" wide cabinets. SuperStor™ inserts are built with a hori-zontal support at the base of the unit which functions as a tiebar. Depending on the components specified for the cabinetinterior an additional tie bar need not be specified if the spec-ified components fill the cabinet interior. SuperStor™ trayfronts angle downwards 1⁄2" to permit labeling. SuperStor™
trays are sold separately.
Lock Option
SuperStor™ inserts with hinged doors come standard withlock. If lock is not required add suffix '/NL' after productnumber. Deduct $41 list. Note: Locks cannot be fieldinstalled on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. SuperStor™ inserts andtrays are finished in black.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
383
705
383
627
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
383
649
383
627
This SuperStor™ insert isdesigned exclusively tofit inside a cabinet withan interior height of 24".Insert contains 3 verticalcompartments each with 22 slots at 1" increments.
Order trays
separately.
25 1⁄2" Opening Interior
25 1⁄2" SuperStor™insert with or withouthinged doors, contains 3vertical compartmentseach with 22 slots at 1"increments. May beinstalled in cabinets with36" or more interior.SuperStor™ insert must
be specified in the top
opening.
Order trays
separately.
This SuperStor™ insert isdesigned exclusively tofit inside a cabinet withan interior height of49.5". Insert contains 3vertical compartmentseach with 48 slots at 1"increments.
Order trays
separately.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 B-69
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
51SSHD�-36 36 (914) 51 (1308) 195(88.0)
51SS-36 36 (914) 51 (1308) 110(50.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 25(11.3)
Storage Centers9900 Series
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
S u p e r S t o r ™ I n s e r t s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet2. Specify insert3. Specify optional trays4. Specify finish color for inserts with doors.
Product Code Key Example
5 1 S S H D � - 3 6
51 -opening sizeSS -SuperStor™ insertHD -hinged door� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
36 -cabinet width
General Information
SuperStor™ inserts are designed exclusively to fit inside
36" wide cabinets. SuperStor™ inserts are built with a hori-zontal support at the base of the unit which functions as a tiebar. Depending on the components specified for the cabinetinterior an additional tie bar need not be specified if the spec-ified components fill the cabinet interior. SuperStor™ trayfronts angle downwards 1⁄2" to permit labeling. SuperStor™
trays are sold separately.
Lock Option
SuperStor™ inserts with hinged doors come standard withlock. If lock is not required add suffix '/NL' after productnumber. Deduct $41 list. Note: Locks cannot be fieldinstalled on hinged door cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. SuperStor™ inserts andtrays are finished in black.
ListPrice
$
$
$
1156
627
196
ListPrice
$
$
$
1058
627
196
51" SuperStor™ insertwith or without hingeddoors, contains 3 vertical compartmentseach with 48 slots at 1"increments. May beinstalled in cabinets with58 1⁄2" or more interior.SuperStor™ inserts must be
specified in the top open-
ing.
Order trays
separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comB-70 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
FT-NF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-NF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-NF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-CPF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-CPF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-CPF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-PF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-PF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-PF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-EF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-EF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-EF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
F l e x T o p s f o r C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify flex top2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
F T - 1 8 3 0
FT -flex top18 -depth30 -width
General Information
Flex tops provide a unique aesthetic while preventing openstorage above the cabinet. Tops are shipped as a single unitand adhere onto cabinet tops with double-sided tape. Sheetmetal dome may be specified in plain steel, perforated, cir-cle punched or embossed to match Platform tile styles.Aluminum anchor bars are elevated approx. 3⁄8" above cabi-net. Peak in 18" deep tops is 2 1⁄2" high, peak on 24" deeptops is 3" high.
Specify flex tops according to cabinet top dimensions as fol-lows: 18"d x 30"w, 36"w and 42"w for installation onto lat-erals, lockers, cubbi-stor and 24" x 24" w and 30"w for towers.
Note: When selecting flex top styles for 30" wide towers andlockers note that the full length door on these units havesquare perforations.
F inishes
Flex tops are available in any standard or textured finish. Refer toFinishes section.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
305
318
328
407
422
429
407
422
429
407
422
429
Plain steel
Circle Punched
Perforated
Embossed
CP
edestals
P E D E S T A L S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appro-priate, pedestals meet all ANSI/BIFMA specifications.
Construction
Pedestals are welded, “wrap-around” construction using20 gauge high quality, tension leveled, cold rolled steel.The steel gauges selected for drawer fronts, bodies andaccessories ensure the highest quality durability andperformance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. “Wrap-around” construction with no visible verticalseams gives a clean appearance.
2. Completely enclosed case provides rigid construc-tion and dust-free interiors.
3. Pedestals have sound-absorbing materials forquieter operation - a particular asset in open planenvironments.
4. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
5. Box drawer side double-wall construction providesclean appearance and enclosed divider slots.
6. File (10 1⁄2" and 12") drawer bodies have full-heightsides to accommodate hanging file folders, elimi-nating the need for optional file frames.
7. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions on alldrawers, including pencil and box drawers, arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
8. Staged suspensions allow the drawer to becompletely pulled out, providing access to the entiredrawer depth.
9. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in thesuspension “grips” the fixed section of the suspen-sion arm preventing drawer bounce-back or creepwhen drawer is closed.
10. Casters and glides are both recessed “inboard” fora uniform exterior appearance with no visiblehardware.
11. Modular interior allows for complete interchange-ability of drawer types within the pedestal case. Forexample, two 6" box drawers may be replaced byone 12" file drawer.
Drawer Pulls
Storage Centers and 9900 Series fronts have full widthintegral pulls with enamel finish to match case fronts.
Radius and Linear Series fronts are 3⁄4" thick and areradiused at the front top and bottom. This detail adds5⁄8" to the overall lateral depth (included in dimensionsshown). Radius pulls are manufactured from black ABSplastic and are recessed into drawer sides. Linear frontsfeature a full width pull that is formed into the casefront. Drawer sides are capped with black ABS plastic.
Arcus Series pulls arc across the front and are avail-able in any of the 60 standard colors.
Counterweights
Counterweights are recommended for all freestandingunits and are standard with all mobile pedestals.
Drawer Standard Equipment
15" letter width storage drawers: 3" pencil drawer, 6"box drawer, 10 1⁄2" and 12" file drawer is standard.
18" legal width storage drawers: 3" pencil drawer,6" box drawer, 10 1⁄2" and 12" file drawer is standard.10 1⁄2" and 12" file drawer will house suspended legal-size folders front-to-back.
Pedestals containing 3" or 6" drawers are providedwith one pencil tray per pedestal. 6" drawers are addi-tionally standard with one steel divider.
10 1⁄2"and 12" letter-width file drawers have onesuspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) for side-to-side filing of legal or letter-size folders.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the pedestal case. Bases maybe easily added or changed on site. Pedestals areshipped with bases installed when ordered.
Casters
Recessed 1 5⁄8" black, double-wheel phenolic carpetcasters are supplied with mobile pedestals and must befield installed. Recessed casters are not visible.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heightsmay be increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Glides are accessible from inside the pedestal when thebottom drawer is fully extended or removed and may beadjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the pedestal price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct$41 list per lock. For lock location, see page 10.
Random keying is standard. Pedestals may beordered keyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removablecore and are standard with two keys, one of which has ablack neoprene plastic key cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 C-1
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - 2 B F 1 0 M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
2B -2 box drawersF10 - 10 1⁄2" file drawerM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are standard with all mobile pedestalsand must be field installed. Counterweights are standard inall mobile pedestals. Pedestals with 3" or 6" drawers arestandard with one pencil tray per pedestal and one steeldivider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sus-pension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) for side-to-side fil-ing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -2BF10 19 (483) 25 3⁄8 (645) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -2BF10 23 (584) 25 3⁄8 (645) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -2BF10 29 (737) 25 3⁄8 (645) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -2BF10M 19 (483) 26 (660) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -2BF10M 23 (584) 26 (660) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2BF10M 29 (737) 26 (660) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -F10F 19 (483) 25 3⁄8 (645) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -F10F 23 (584) 25 3⁄8 (645) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -F10F 29 (737) 25 3⁄8 (645) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -F10FM 19 (483) 26 (660) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -F10FM 23 (584) 26 (660) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -F10FM 29 (737) 26 (660) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -2PBF10 19 (483) 25 3⁄8 (645) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -2PBF10 23 (584) 25 3⁄8 (645) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -2PBF10 29 (737) 25 3⁄8 (645) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -2PBF10M 19 (483) 26 (660) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -2PBF10M 23 (584) 26 (660) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2PBF10M 29 (737) 26 (660) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
753
833
867
890
970
1005
689
733
755
825
870
893
828
908
963
966
1045
1100
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
671
759
796
809
897
933
618
670
696
755
807
834
735
824
873
873
962
1010
2 box, 1-10 1⁄ 2" fileglides
2 box, 1 10 1⁄ 2" filemobilecounterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1-10 1⁄ 2" file, 1-12" fileglides
1-10 1⁄ 2" file, 1-12" filemobilecounterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
2 pencil, 1 box, 1-10 1⁄ 2"file, glides
2 pencil, 1 box, 1-10 1⁄ 2"file, mobilecounterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C-2 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - B 4 B F 7 M15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
B4 -4 1⁄2" box drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawerM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawershave one suspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -B4B7F 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -B4B7F 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -B4B7F 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -B4B7FM 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -B4B7FM 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -B4B7FM 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -BB7F10 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -BB7F10 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -BB7F10 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -BB7F10M 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -BB7F10M 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -BB7F10M 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
753
833
867
890
970
1005
753
833
867
890
970
1005
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
671
759
796
809
897
933
671
759
796
809
897
933
1-4 1⁄ 2" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box,1 -12" fileglidesNot available in Radius
and Linear Series.
1-4 1⁄ 2" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box,1 -12" filemobilecounterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Not available in Radius
and Linear Series.
1-6" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box,1 -10 1⁄ 2" fileglides
1-6" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box,1 -10 1⁄ 2" filemobilecounterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
August 2008 C-3Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - 2 B F M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
2B -2 box drawersF -file drawerM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawershave one suspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -2BF 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -2BF 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -2BF 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -2BFM 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -2BFM 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2BFM 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -P2F10.5 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -P2F10.5 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -P2F10.5 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -P2F10.5M 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -P2F10.5M 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -P2F10.5M 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
753
833
867
890
970
1005
783
840
876
921
978
1013
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
671
759
796
809
897
933
696
761
798
834
898
936
2 box, 1-12" fileglides
2 box, 1-12" filemobile,counterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1 pencil, 2-10 1⁄2" fileglides
1 pencil, 2-10 1⁄2" filemobile,counterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C-4 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - 2 F M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
2F -2 file drawersM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawershave one suspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -2F 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -2F 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -2F 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -2FM 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -2FM 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2FM 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
689
733
755
825
870
893
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
618
670
696
755
807
834
2-12" file glides
2-12" file mobile,counterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
CONSIDER THIS!
At the same height get a
personal drawer wi th your 2 f i le drawers! See page C-5 for product codes and pr ic ing .
3"
10 1⁄2"
10 1⁄2"
12"
12"
August 2008 C-5Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - 4 B M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
4B -4 box drawersM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawershave one suspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -4B 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -4B 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -4B 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -4BM 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -4BM 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -4BM 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -2PBF 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1522� -2PBF 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 8 (.22)
1528� -2PBF 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 10 (.28)
1518� -2PBFM 19 (483) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1522� -2PBFM 23 (584) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2PBFM 29 (737) 27 1⁄2 (699) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
818
935
979
956
1071
1116
828
908
963
966
1045
1100
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
725
849
895
862
987
1032
735
824
873
873
962
1010
4 box glides
4 box mobile,counterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
2 pencil, 1 box, 1-12" file glides
2 pencil, 1 box, 1-12" filemobile,counterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C-6 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
1522� -2F10TB-2 22 5⁄8 (575) 25 3⁄8 (645) 105 (47) 9 (.24)
1528� -2F10TB-2 28 5⁄8 (727) 25 3⁄8 (645) 117 (53) 11 (.31)
1518� -BFMC 18 3⁄4 (476) 22 3⁄4 (597) 93 (42) 7 (.22)
1522� -BFMC 22 3⁄4 (578) 22 3⁄4 (597) 105 (47) 9 (.24)
1528� -BFMC 28 3⁄4 (730) 22 3⁄4 (597) 117 (53) 11 (.31)
1518� -B7F10MC 18 3⁄4 (476) 22 3⁄4 (597) 93 (42) 7 (.22)
1522� -B7F10MC 22 3⁄4 (578) 22 3⁄4 (597) 105 (47) 9 (.24)
1528� -B7F10MC 28 3⁄4 (730) 22 3⁄4 (597) 117 (53) 11 (.31)
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
C u s h i o n P e d e s t a l s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - B F M C15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
B -box drawerF -file drawerM -mobileC -cushion
ListPrice
$
$
984
1006
ListPrice
$
$
921
948
Pedestal with 2-10 1⁄2" individually locking drawers. Locks and security shelf are included. Locks are keyed differently.
Cushion pedestal with handle.1-6" box, 1-12" file drawer,mobile, with handle counterweights are includedCannot be ordered
without a lock.
Cushion pedestal with handle.1-71⁄2" box, 1-10 1⁄2" filedrawer, mobile, with handle counterweights are includedCannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
Storage Centers9900 Series
COM/Gr 1
$
$
$
$
$
$
975
1013
1047
975
1013
1047
COM/Gr 1
$
$
$
$
$
$
832
867
901
832
867
901
Upcharge:
Gr. 2 Add $ 9 list Gr. 3 Add $ 24 listGr. 4 Add $ 40 listGr. 5 Add $ 95 listGr. 6(Leather) Add $204 list
General Information
Pedestal depths are nominal. Actual depth for 7900 Seriesis 1⁄4" less. Cushion Mobile pedestals are topped with a 1 1⁄4"thick Cal. 117 fire-retardant polyurethane foam with a 2.2lb/ft. density. This upholstered cushion is balanced with a7/16” board and is attached to the pedestal top with Velcro.
For application of ALL fabrics, both from our graded programas well as COM (customers own material), please specifylayup orientation at time of order. If layup instructions arenot provided we will choose the direction to maximize ourproduction. Refer to diagram for layup options.Counterweights are included with mobile pedestals andmust be field installed.
COM (Customer's Own Material)
Contact Inscape Client Services for yardage calculations. AllCOM fabric must be classified as upholstery fabric and havea minimum weight of 9.5oz to receive application approval.Consult your fabric supplier to confirm fabric weight.
Cushion Fabric Applications
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
wd
dw
Fabric bolt
Pedestal
Cushion
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights and acces-sories.
Standard indicates the depthdimension runs up the roll.
Railroaded indicates the widthdimension runs up the roll.
August 2008 C-7Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
P E D E S T A L S
R a d i u s & L i n e a r S e r i e s O n l y
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - R 2 4 H D
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
R -right-handed24 -opening sizeHD -hinged door
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are recommend-ed for all free-standing pedestals.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -R21HD 19 (483) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29.9) 6 (.17)
1522� -R21HD 23 (584) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1518� -L21HD 19 (483) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29.9) 6 (.17)
1522� -L21HD 23 (584) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1518� -R24HD 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 70 (31.7) 7 (.20)
1522� -R24HD 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
1518� -L24HD 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 70 (31.7) 7 (.20)
1522� -L24HD 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
534
600
534
600
534
600
534
600
For Keyboard Height
Application
right hand hinged door with 1 adjustable shelf,glides
left hand hinged door with 1 adjustable shelf,glides
For Desk Height
Application
right hand hinged door with 1 adjustable shelfglides
left hand hinged door with 1 adjustable shelfglides
Radius Series fronts are illustrated
C-8 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
P E D E S T A L S
R a d i u s & L i n e a r S e r i e s O n l y
C a d d i - S t o r
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 �C - B 7 F M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
C -Caddi-StorB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawerM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are recommend-ed for all free-standing pedestals. Counterweights are stan-dard in all mobile pedestals. Pedestals with 3" or 6" draw-ers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestal and onesteel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have onesuspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) for side-to-sidefiling of letter or legal size folders.
Caddi-Stor™ Construction
Caddi-Stor pedestals are mobile and feature fully-exposed, 27⁄8" diameter black, dual-wheel phenolic carpet casters; 2 non-swivel in back and 2 locking swivel in front.
Caddi-Stor features a top cap made of self-skinning,black urethane over a reinforced, contoured metal pan. It ispre-installed at the factory with four screws to the top of thepedestal. Cap handle is black, powder-coat finished steel
with injection molded Delrin pivots. Handle can remain lifted in 3pre-determined positions or can fold completely horizontal.Counterweight is included with Caddi-Stor pedestals and must befield installed.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights and acces-sories.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1522� C-PBF10M 23 (584) 26 5⁄8 (676) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
1522� C-B7FM 23 (584) 26 5⁄8 (676) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
ListPrice
$
$
1286
1190
Caddi-Stor1 pencil, 1 box,1-10 1⁄2" file,mobile,counterweights are includedCannot be ordered
without a lock.
Caddi-Stor1-7 1⁄2" box, 1-12" file,mobile,counterweights are includedCannot be ordered
without a lock.
Radius Series fronts are illustrated
August 2008 C-9Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
P E D E S T A L S
R a d i u s & L i n e a r S e r i e s O n l y
L a t e r a l - P e d
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 0 2 4 � - F - R 2 B
30 -lateral-ped width24 -lateral-ped height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
F -file drawerR2B-2-6"h box drawers on right-hand
side
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestals with 3" or 6" drawersare standard with one pencil tray per pedestal and one steeldivider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sus-pension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) for side-to-side fil-ing of letter or legal size folders. Lateral-Peds include 1 pairof hangfile bars in each lateral file drawer, pencil tray in a 3"drawer and steel divider in 6" and 7 1⁄ 2" drawers.Counterweights are included and must be field installed.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30225� -F10RPB7 30 (762) 25 3⁄8 (645) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
3" and 7 1⁄2"h drawers on right-hand side
30225� -F10LPB7 30 (762) 25 3⁄8 (645) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
3" and 7 1⁄2"h drawerson left-hand side
3024� -F-R2B 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
6"h drawers on right-hand side
3024� -F-L2B 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 117 (53) 12 (.34)
6"h drawers on left-hand side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1219
1219
1236
1236
1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w file drawer1-3"h x 15"w pencil drawer1-7 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w box drawer1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 30"W file drawerCounterweight included.
1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w file drawer1-3"h x 15"w pencil drawer1-7 1⁄ 2"h x 15"w box drawer1-10 1⁄ 2"h x 30"W file drawerCounterweight included.Left hand unit must be
specified under
worksurface.
1-12"h x 15"w file drawer2-6"h x 15"w box drawers1-10 1/2"h x 30"w filedrawerCounterweight included.
1-12"h x 15"w file drawer2-6"h x 15"w box drawers1-10 1/2"h x 30"w filedrawerCounterweight included.Left hand unit must be
specified under
worksurface.
Radius Series fronts are illustrated
C-10 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r K e y b o a r d H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - P B F M15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB -box drawerF -file drawerM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawershave one suspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -PBF10 19 (483) 22 3⁄8 (568) 75 (34) 6 (.17)
1522� -PBF10 23 (584) 22 3⁄8 (568) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1528� -PBF10 29 (737) 22 3⁄8 (568) 95 (43) 9 (.25)
1518� -PBF10M 19 (483) 23 (584) 80 (36) 6 (.17)
1522� -PBF10M 23 (584) 23 (584) 90 (40) 7 (.20)
1528� -PBF10M 29 (737) 23 (584) 100 (45) 9 (.25)
1518� -B7F 19 (483) 22 3⁄8 (568) 75 (34) 6 (.17)
1522� -B7F 23 (584) 22 3⁄8 (568) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1528� -B7F 29 (737) 22 3⁄8 (568) 95 (43) 9 (.25)
1518� -B7FM 19 (483) 23 (584) 80 (36) 6 (.17)
1522� -B7FM 23 (584) 23 (584) 90 (40) 7 (.20)
1528� -B7FM 29 (737) 23 (584) 100 (45) 9 (.25)
1518� -PBF 19 (483) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 6 (.17)
1522� -PBF 23 (584) 23 7⁄8 (606) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1528� -PBF 29 (737) 23 7⁄8 (606) 95 (43) 9 (.25)
1518� -PBFM 19 (483) 24 1⁄2 (622) 80 (36) 6 (.17)
1522� -PBFM 23 (584) 24 1⁄2 (622) 90 (40) 7 (.20)
1528� -PBFM 29 (737) 24 1⁄2 (622) 100 (45) 9 (.25)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
732
800
841
869
938
979
636
694
719
774
832
857
732
800
841
869
938
979
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
657
733
772
795
870
909
579
643
670
716
779
807
657
733
772
795
870
909
1 pencil, 1 box,1-10 1⁄ 2" file, glides
1 pencil, 1 box,1-10 1⁄ 2" file, mobilecounterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1-7 1⁄ 2" box, 1-12" file,glides
1-7 1⁄ 2" box, 1-12" file,mobilecounterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1 pencil, 1 box, 1-12" file glides
1 pencil, 1 box, 1-12" file mobile,counterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
August 2008 C-11Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r K e y b o a r d H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 � - P B F M15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB -box drawerF -file drawerM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal.Actual depth for Storage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4"less. Actual depth for Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄8"less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Counterweights are standard with all mobilepedestals and must be field installed. Pedestals with 3" or6" drawers are standard with one pencil tray per pedestaland one steel divider per 6" drawer. 10 1⁄2" and 12" drawershave one suspension bar (two in a 28" deep pedestal) forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1518� -2F10.5 19 (483) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 6 (.17)
1522� -2F10.5 23 (584) 23 7⁄8 (606) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1528� -2F10.5 29 (737) 23 7⁄8 (606) 95 (43) 9 (.25)
1518� -2F10.5M 19 (483) 24 1⁄2 (622) 80 (36) 6 (.17)
1522� -2F10.5M 23 (584) 24 1⁄2 (622) 90 (40) 7 (.20)
1528� -2F10.5M 29 (737) 24 1⁄2 (622) 100 (45) 9 (.25)
1518� -P3B 19 (483) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 6 (.17)
1522� -P3B 23 (584) 23 7⁄8 (606) 85 (38.5) 7 (.20)
1528� -P3B 29 (737) 23 7⁄8 (606) 95 (43) 9 (.25)
1518� -P3BM 19 (483) 24 1⁄2 (622) 80 (36) 6 (.17)
1522� -P3BM 23 (584) 24 1⁄2 (622) 90 (40) 7 (.20)
1528� -P3BM 29 (737) 24 1⁄2 (622) 100 (45) 9 (.25)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
688
732
754
824
869
891
797
900
952
935
1037
1089
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
618
670
696
755
807
834
710
823
870
847
961
1008
2-10 1⁄2" fileglides
2-10 1⁄2" filemobile,counterweights areincludedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1 pencil, 3 box glides
1 pencil, 3 box mobile,counterweights are includedMobile pedestals
cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
C-12 August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
Radius SeriesArcus SeriesLinear Series Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Storage Centers9900 Series
P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n , L e g a l W i d t h
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
(Leave Blank) -Storage Centers
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
A -Arcus Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 8 2 2 � - 2 B F
18 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth� -specify:
Leave Blank Storage CentersE 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesA Arcus SeriesN Linear Series
2B -2 box drawersF -file drawer
General Information
Pedestals are standard with glides. Exterior pedestal heightsare nominal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are1⁄8" less. Pedestal depths are nominal. Actual depth forStorage Centers and 9900 Series are 1⁄4" less. Actual depthfor Radius, Arcus and Linear Series are 1⁄ 8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all free-standingpedestals. Pedestals with 3" or 6" drawers are standard withone pencil tray per pedestal and one steel divider per 6"drawer. EDP drawers have one suspension bar (two in a 28"deep pedestal) for side-to-side filing of EDP folders.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
1822� -2BF10 23 (584) 25 3⁄8 (645) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1828� -2BF10 29 (737) 25 3⁄8 (645) 95 (43) 11 (.31)
1822� -F10F 23 (584) 25 3⁄8 (645) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1828� -F10F 29 (737) 25 3⁄8 (645) 95 (43) 11 (.31)
1822� -2BF 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1828� -2BF 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 11 (.31)
1822� -P2F10.5 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1828� -P2F10.5 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 11 (.31)
1822� -2F 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1828� -2F 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 11 (.31)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
977
1016
854
879
977
1016
979
1015
854
879
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
884
928
782
814
884
928
885
925
782
814
2 box, 1-10 1⁄ 2" fileglides
1-10 1⁄ 2" file, 1-12" fileglides
2 box, 1 fileglides
1 pencil, 2-10 1⁄ 2" fileglides
2-12" fileglides
Storage Centers fronts are illustrated
August 2008 C-13
DVerticals
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 D-1
V E R T I C A L S
Sizes
Vertical files are 28 3⁄4" deep and are available in thefollowing sizes:
No. of Letter Legal Exterior
Drawers Width Width Height
2 15" 18" 26 7⁄8"3 15" 18" 38 7⁄8"4 15" 18" 50 7⁄8"5 15" 18" 55 3⁄8"
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appropriate,verticals meet all ANSI/BIFMA specifications.
Construction
Vertical files are of all-welded construction using highquality, tension leveled, cold rolled steel. The steelgauges selected for drawer fronts, bodies and acces-sories ensure the highest quality durability and perform-ance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. “Wrap-around” construction with no visible verticalseams gives a clean appearance, providing rigidconstruction and dust-free interiors.
2. Verticals have sound-absorbing materials forquieter operation—a particular asset in open planenvironments.
3. Drawer bodies have full-height sides to accommo-date hanging file folders, eliminating the need foroptional file frames.
4. Drawer sides are slotted on 3⁄4" centers to allow formaximum flexibility for drawer division. Compres-sors are optional. Verticals may be ordered with orwithout compressors in each drawer.
5. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions, arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
6. Staged suspensions allow the drawer to be com-pletely pulled out, providing access to the entiredrawer depth.
7. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in the sus-pension “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
8. Glides are recessed “inboard” for a uniform exteriorappearance with no visible hardware.
9. Knockouts in case sides are standard for ganging ofcabinets.
Drawer Pulls
9900 Series fronts have full width integral pulls withenamel finish to match case fronts.
Radius and Linear Series fronts are 3⁄4" thick and areradiused at the front top and bottom. This detail adds5⁄8" to the overall lateral depth (included in dimensionsshown). Radius pulls are manufactured from black ABSplastic and are recessed into drawer sides. Linear frontsfeature a full width pull that is formed into the casefront. Drawer sides are capped with black ABS plastic.
Radius Drawer Construction
Radius vertical drawer fronts are 3⁄4" thick and feature a7⁄8" radius at the front top and bottom. This detail adds5⁄8" overall to vertical depth (included in dimensionsshown).
Pulls are black ABS plastic, recessed in drawersides. Clear plastic label holders and inserts are option-al at no charge. Specify.
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism provides completesecurity against accidental opening of two or more draw-ers simultaneously. When any drawer is extended, evenfractionally, Safelock ensures that all other drawersimmediately become inoperable. Safelock is standardon all vertical files.
Counterweights
Counterweights are optional and are recommended for all 2high vertical files. Counterweights must be field installed.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the file case. Bases may beeasily added or changed on site. Vertical files areshipped with bases installed with ordered.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heights maybe increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Glides are accessible from inside the vertical file whenthe bottom drawer is removed and may be adjusted witha 1⁄4" socket driver.
Locks
Vertical files come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct$41 list per lock. For lock location, see page 10.
Random keying is standard. Verticals may beordered keyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removablecore and are standard with two keys.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comD-2 August 2008
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 28 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
9900 Series
Depth: 28 5⁄8"
V E R T I C A L S
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
V 1 8 2 8 � - 4 F C P
V -vertical file18 -18" (legal) width28 -28" nominal depth� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
4F -four drawers CP -with compressors
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all two high vertical files. File drawers accepthanging file folders. Optional compressors may be orderedpre-installed in each drawer (suffix CP) or individually (seethe Accessories section).
Accessories
See Vertical File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories. Clear plastic label holders are available at nocharge. Specify.
Lock Option
Verticals come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
V1528�-2F 15 (381) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 10 (.28)
V1528�-2FCP 15 (381) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 10 (.28)
V1828�-2F 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 12 (.34)
V1828�-2FCP 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 12 (.34)
V1528�-3F 15 (381) 38 7⁄8 (949) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
V1528�-3FCP 15 (381) 38 7⁄8 (949) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
V1828�-3F 18 (457) 38 7⁄8 (949) 125 (57) 16 (.45)
V1828�-3FCP 18 (457) 38 7⁄8 (949) 125 (57) 16 (.45)
V1528�-4F 15 (381) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 125 (57) 18 (.51)
V1528�-4FCP 15 (381) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 125 (57) 18 (.51)
V1828�-4F 18 (457) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 130 (59) 21 (.59)
V1828�-4FCP 18 (457) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 130 (59) 21 (.59)
V1528�-5F 15 (381) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 130 (59) 20 (.56)
V1528�-5FCP 15 (381) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 130 (59) 20 (.56)
V1828�-5F 18 (457) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 135 (61) 23 (.65)
V1828�-5FCP 18 (457) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 135 (61) 23 (.65)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
841
898
953
1008
1011
1094
1073
1156
1220
1331
1273
1385
1489
1628
1506
1646
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
685
709
822
849
823
857
867
902
1028
1074
1048
1097
1217
1277
1240
1296
Letter width
2-12" drawers
Legal width
2-12" drawers
Letter width
3-12" drawers
Legal width
3-12" drawers
Letter width
4-12" drawers
Legal width
4-12" drawers
Letter width
5-10 1⁄2" drawers
Legal width
5-10 1⁄2" drawers
Radius fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 D-3
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 22 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
V E R T I C A L T O W E R S
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
V R 1 5 2 2 � 6 0 - 2 F 1 0 F
V -vertical towerR -right-handed hinged door15 -15" (letter) width22 -22" nominal depth� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
60 -interior height2F10 -2-10 1⁄2" drawers F -12" drawer
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for vertical files with pull-out drawers. File draw-ers accept hanging file folders. Optional compressors maybe ordered (see the Accessories section).
Accessories
See Vertical File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories. Clear plastic label holders are available at nocharge. Specify.
Lock Option
Verticals come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
VR1522� 60-2F10F 15 (381) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
VL1522� 60-2F10F 15 (381) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door
VR1522� 60-HDSH 15 (381) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
VL1522� 60-HDSH 15 (381) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door
VR1522� 60-HDW 15 (381) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
VL1522� 60-HDW 15 (381) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 180 (82) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
1610
1610
1001
1001
962
962
27" door insert with 1adjustable shelf, 2-101⁄2"file drawers and 1-12" filedrawer.Comes with 1 lock.
Full length door with 4adjustable shelves
Full length door with 1blank shelf and side-to-side coat rod
Radius fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comD-4 August 2008
N o t e s
ETo
wers/
Lockers
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appropriate,Modular Towers meet all ANSI/BIFMA specifications.
Construction
Modular Towers and hinged door cabinets are construct-ed using 20 and 22 gauge high quality, tension leveled,cold rolled steel. The steel gauges selected for drawerfronts, bodies and accessories ensure the highest quali-ty durability and performance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with newaccessories and interiors as required.
2. Case corners are strengthened with a reinforcingzinc die cast corner bracket.
3. Absence of scissor mechanism in doors anddrawers eliminates the potential for scissorsbinding and facilitates reconfiguration of cabinetopenings as needed.
4. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
5. Box drawer side double-wall construction providesclean appearance and enclosed divider slots.
6. File drawer bodies have full-height sides toaccommodate hanging file folders, eliminating theneed for optional file frames.
7. Front leading edge of shelf is flat for easy removalof material.
8. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
9. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
10. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cup-board hinges provide smooth hinged dooroperation. Hinges are not visible from the exteriorof the cabinet.
Drawer Pulls
9900 Series fronts have full width integral pulls withenamel finish to match case fronts.
Radius and Linear Series fronts are 3⁄4" thick and areradiused at the front top and bottom. This detail adds5⁄8" to the overall lateral depth (included in dimensionsshown). Radius pulls are manufactured from black ABSplastic and are recessed into drawer sides. Linear frontsfeature a full width pull that is formed into the casefront. Drawer sides are capped with black ABS plastic.
Interlock
The patented Interlock mechanism provides completesecurity against accidental opening of two or more draw-ers simultaneously. When any drawer or single pulloutshelf is extended, even fractionally, Interlock ensuresthat all other openings immediately become inoperable.Interlock is standard on all Towers.
Counterweights
Optional counterweights are recommended for all free-standing Modular Towers. Counterweights are shippedinstalled.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heights maybe increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Glides are accessible from inside the cabinet when thebottom drawer is fully extended or removed and may beadjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Modular Towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct$41 list per lock. For lock location, see page 11.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which has a blackneoprene plastic key cover.
Master keys are available at $35 list.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-2 August 2008
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-3
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
B a s e M o d u l e
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 2 4 � - P 2 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide24 -24" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actu-al heights with glides fully recessed.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2424� -P2F10 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
MR3024� -P2F10 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2424� -P2F10 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
ML3024� -P2F10 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
left-handed hinged door
MR2424� -2BF 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
MR3024� -2BF 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2424� -2BF 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
ML3024� -2BF 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
left-handed hinged door
MR2424� -2F 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
MR3024� -2F 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2424� -2F 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
ML3024� -2F 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1313
1393
1313
1393
1313
1393
1313
1393
1267
1347
1267
1347
Base Module
Full length hinged dooron one side, 1-3" pencil, and 2-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers on the other side. Comes with2 locks.
Base Module
Full length hinged dooron one side, 2-6" boxand 1-12" file drawer on the other side.Comes with 2 locks.
Base Module
Full length hinged dooron one side, 2-12" file drawers on the otherside. Comes with 2locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-4 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
B a s e M o d u l e
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 2 4 � - P 2 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide24 -24" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actu-al heights with glides fully recessed.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2424� -4B 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
MR3024� -4B 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2424� -4B 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 102 (46) 13 (.37)
ML3024� -4B 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 118 (54) 16 (.45)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1569
1624
1569
1624
Base Module
Full length hinged dooron one side, 4-6" boxdrawers on the otherside. Comes with 2locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-5
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
B a s e M o d u l e
3 0 " w i d e x 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M 3 0 2 4 � - D P 2 F 1 0
M -Modular Series30 -30" wide24 -24" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
D -double pedestalP -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actu-al heights with glides fully recessed.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
M3024� -DP2F10 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 180 (82) 16 (.45)
M3024� -D2BF 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 180 (82) 16 (.45)
M3024� -D2F 30 (762) 27 1⁄4 (692) 180 (82) 16 (.45)
ListPrice
$
$
$
2165
2165
2099
Base Module
1-3" pencil and 2-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers onboth sides. Comes with2 locks and counter-weights.
Base Module
2-6" box and 1-12" filedrawer on both sides.Comes with 2 locks andcounterweights.
Base Module
2-12" file drawers onboth sides. Comes with2 locks and counter-weights.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-6 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
B a s e M o d u l e W i t h M o P e d
2 4 " w i d e x 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R M 2 4 2 4 � - P 2 F 1 0M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed doorM -MoPed24 -24" wide24 -24" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actu-al heights with glides fully recessed. Note: For MoPed acces-sories, see page E-7.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MRM2424�P2F10 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
MLM2424�P2F10 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
left-handed hinged door
MRM2424� -2BF 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
MLM2424� -2BF 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
left-handed hinged door
MRM2424� -2F 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
MLM2424� -2F 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
left-handed hinged door
MRM2424� -4B 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
MLM2424� -4B 24 (610) 27 1⁄4 (692) 116 (53) 13 (.37)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1672
1672
1672
1672
1527
1527
1828
1828
Base Module with
MoPed. MoPed on oneside, 1-3" pencil, and 2-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers onthe other side. Comeswith 2 locks.Accessories are notincluded in MoPed. Seepage E-7.
Base Module with
MoPed. MoPed on oneside, 2-6" box and 1-12" file drawer on the other side. Comeswith 2 locks.Accessories are notincluded in MoPed.See page E-7.
Base Module with
MoPed. Moped on oneside, 2-12" file drawerson the other side.Comes with 2 locks.Accessories are notincluded in MoPed. Seepage E-7.
Base Module
with MoPed. MoPed onone side, 4-6" box drawers on the otherside. Comes with 2locks. Accessories arenot included in MoPed.See page E-7.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-7
Weight
Description Product No. D” (mm) W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
OS-PFM-PT19 19 1⁄2 (495) 4 1⁄4 (108) 1 (25) .25 (.1)
OS-PFM-DVP 4 1⁄4 (108) 1 (25) .5 (.2))
OS-SC4334 4 (102) 3 3⁄4 (95) 1 1⁄2 (38) .1 (.04)
OS-SC4534 4 (102) 5 3⁄4 (146) 1 1⁄2 (38) .1 (.04)
OS-SC4734 4 (102) 7 3⁄4 (197) 1 1⁄2 (38) .2 (.09)
OS-SC41134 4 (102) 11 3⁄4 (298) 1 1⁄2 (38) .2 (.09)
OS-CDC 5 (127) 7 (178) .3 (.13)
OS-SBKT 3 3⁄4 (95) 1 1⁄4 (32) 2 (51) .3 (.13)
OS-SPKG 1.25 (.57)
Pencil Tray
Dividers
Up to 9 dividers will fitin upper compartment.Pkg. of 3.
Storage Compartments
CD Compartment
Holds 8 CD's
Support Brackets
Includes 1 right-handedand 1 left-handedbracket each withremovable post.
Starter Package
includes:
1 x pencil tray1 x CD tray2 x 5 3⁄ 4" compartments2 x 3 3⁄ 4" compartments1 x support brackets
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o P e d I n t e r i o r C o m p o n e n t s
Specify
1. Product number
Specification Guidelines
• A maximum of 6 CD compartments may bepositioned inside MoPed, 3 on the top rail and3 on the lower rail. Note: If CD compartments arepositioned on top rail, top two slots incompartments are not accessible.
• Compartments and support brackets hookonto any one of three rails inside the drawer.
• Compartments may also be placed on lowerlevel of drawer. 3 3⁄4" wide compartment may beplaced into upper level of drawer.
• Although pencil tray is designed for use in uppercompartment it will fit on lower level of drawer.
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
19
15
16
18
19
21
22
39
135
List
Price
4 1⁄4"
17 1⁄2"
19 3⁄4"
Support Brackets
Adjustable posts on sup-port brackets may be spec-ified to hold objects from9⁄16" to 3 1⁄4" thick in place.
or
Support brackets may bespecified to suspend hang-ing files. Adjustable postsmay be removed if brack-ets are specified for thisapplication.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-8 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
S t a c k M o d u l e
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M 2 4 1 9 . 5 � - H D
M -Modular Series24 -24" wide19.5 -19.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
HD -hinged door
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. All necessary hardware is includ-ed for stacking units. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
M2419.5� -HD 24 (610) 22 3⁄4 (578) 75 (34) 11 (.31)
M3019.5� -HD 30 (762) 22 3⁄4 (578) 91 (41) 13 (.37)
MR2419.5� -HDK 24 (610) 22 3⁄4 (578) 75 (34) 11 (.31)
MR3019.5� -HDK 30 (762) 22 3⁄4 (578) 91 (41) 13 (.37)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2419.5� -HDK 24 (610) 22 3⁄4 (578) 75 (34) 11 (.31)
ML3019.5� -HDK 30 (762) 22 3⁄4 (578) 91 (41) 13 (.37)
left-handed hinged door
M2419.5-2KL 24 (610) 22 3⁄4 (578) 75 (34) 11 (.31)
M3019.5-2KL 30 (762) 22 3⁄4 (578) 91 (41) 13 (.37)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
845
943
752
923
752
923
830
875
Stack Module
Two full length hingeddoors with 1 shelf perside. Comes with 2locks
Stack Module
Full length hinged dooron one side (30" widecomes with 1 shelf),19.5" side access bookcase with 1 shelfon the other side.Comes with 1 lock.
Stack Module
Two 19.5" side accessbookcases with 1 shelfper side.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-9
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
S t a c k M o d u l e
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M 2 4 3 3 � - H D
M -Modular Series24 -24" wide33 -33" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
HD -hinged door
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. All necessary hardware is includ-ed for stacking units. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
M2433� -HD 24 (610) 36 1⁄4 (921) 92 (42) 17 (.48)
M3033� -HD 30 (762) 36 1⁄4 (921) 114 (52) 20 (.56)
MR2433� -HDK 24 (610) 36 1⁄4 (921) 92 (42) 17 (.48)
MR3033� -HDK 30 (762) 36 1⁄4 (921) 114 (52) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2433� -HDK 24 (610) 36 1⁄4 (921) 92 (42) 17 (.48)
ML3033� -HDK 30 (762) 36 1⁄4 (921) 114 (52) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door
M2433-2KL 24 (610) 36 1⁄4 (921) 92 (42) 17 (.48)
M3033-2KL 30 (762) 36 1⁄4 (921) 114 (52) 20 (.56)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1091
1173
974
1139
974
1139
1015
1100
Product No.
Stack Module
Two full length hingeddoors with 2 shelves perside. Comes with 2locks.
Stack Module
Full length hinged doorwith coat rod on oneside, 33" side accessbookcase with 2 shelveson the other side.Comes with 1 lock.
Stack Module
Two 33" high sideaccess bookcases with2 shelves per side.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-10 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
S l i m l i n e T o w e r s
1 6 " w i d e x 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 1 6 5 8 � - B B 7 F K
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed bookcase16 -16" wide58 -58.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
B -6" box drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -12" file drawerK -bookcase
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Clear plastic label holders andlabels are available at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinetheights are actual heights with glides fully recessed. Shelvesare adjustable in 11⁄2" increments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR1658� -BB7FK 16 (406) 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 130 (59) 19 (.54)
right-hand (illustrated)
ML1658� -BB7FK 16 (406) 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 130 (59) 19 (.54)
left-hand
MR1658� -PF10FK 16 (406) 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 130 (59) 19 (.54)
right-hand (illustrated)
ML1658� -PF10FK 16 (406) 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 130 (59) 19 (.54)
left-hand
M1658� -2FTBKS 16 (406) 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 130 (59) 19 (.54)
() ()
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
2124
2124
2124
2124
2325
Slimline tower
31 1⁄2" bookcase withpedestal consisting of1-6" box drawer, 1-7 1⁄ 2"box drawer and 1-12"file drawer. Comes with1 lock.
Slimline tower
31 1⁄2" bookcase withpedestal consisting of1-3" pencil drawer,1-10 1⁄ 2" file drawer and 1-12" file drawer.Comes with 1 lock.
Slimline towers
15" bookcase on eachside with pedestal con-sisting of 2-12" individ-ually locking file drawer.Comes with 2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-11
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 3 � - P F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide43 -43.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2443� -P2F 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -P2F 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443� -P2F 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -P2F 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
MR2443� -B2F10 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -B2F10 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443� -B2F10 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -B2F10 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
MR2443� -PBF10 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -PBF10 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443� -PBF10 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -PBF10 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2385
2506
2385
2506
2385
2506
2385
2506
2385
2506
2385
2506
Monolithic towers
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 1-3" pencil and2-12" file drawers onthe other side. Comeswith 3 locks.
Monolithic towers
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 1-6" box and 2-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers onthe other side. Comeswith 3 locks.
Monolithic towers
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 1-3"pencil, 1-6" box and 1-10 1⁄ 2" file drawer onthe other side. Comeswith 3 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-12 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 3 � - P F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide43 -43.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actu-al heights with glides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustablein 11⁄2" increments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2443� -B7F 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -B7F 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443� -B7F 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -B7F 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
MR2443� -BF10 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -BF10 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443� -BF10 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 145 (66) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -BF10 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 162 (73) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
MR2443�PF10FK 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 150 (68) 21 (.59)
MR3043�PF10FK 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 167 (76) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443�PF10FK 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 150 (68) 21 (.59)
ML3043�PF10FK 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 167 (76) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2279
2401
2279
2401
2279
2401
2279
2401
2136
2244
2136
2244
Monolithic towers.
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,1-7 1⁄ 2" box and 1-12"file drawer on the otherside. Comes with 3locks.
Monolithic towers.
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 1-6"box and 1-10 1⁄ 2" filedrawer on the otherside. Comes with 3locks.
Monolithic towers.
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,1-16 1⁄ 2" high sideaccess bookcase, 1-3"pencil, 1-10 1⁄ 2" and 1-12" file drawer on the other side. Comeswith 2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-13
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 3 � - P F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide43 -43.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2443� -BB7FK 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 150 (68) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -BB7FK 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 167 (76) 26 (.74)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2443� -BB7FK 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 150 (68) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -BB7FK 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 167 (76) 26 (.74)
left-handed hinged door
MR2443� -HD 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 118 (54) 21 (.59)
MR3043� -HD 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 135 (61) 26 (.74)
coat rod on right side
ML2443� -HD 24 (610) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 118 (54) 21 (.59)
ML3043� -HD 30 (762) 46 3⁄4 (1187) 135 (61) 26 (.74)
coat rod on left side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2135
2243
2135
2243
1697
1811
1697
1811
Monolithic towers.
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,16 1⁄ 2" high side accessbookcase, 1-6" box,1-7 1⁄ 2" box and 1-12"file drawer on the otherside. Comes with 2locks.
Monolithic towers.
Two full length hingeddoors, coat rod on oneside and shelves on theother side. Comes with2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-14 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 5 � - P 2 F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide45 -45" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2445�B72F10 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3045�B72F10 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2445�B72F10 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3045�B72F10 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2445� -2F10 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3045� -2F10 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2445� -2F10 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3045� -2F10 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2445� -B7F10 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3045� -B7F10 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2445� -B7F10 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3045� -B7F10 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2385
2506
2385
2506
2279
2401
2279
2401
2279
2401
2279
2401
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box and2-10 1⁄ 2" file drawer onthe other side. Comeswith 3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,2-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers onthe other side. Comeswith 3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,1-7 1⁄ 2" box and 1-10 1⁄ 2" file drawer onother side. Comes with3 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-15
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 5 � - P 2 F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide45 -45" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2445� -BF 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3045� -BF 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2445� -BF 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3045� -BF 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2445�PF10FK 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
MR3045�PF10FK 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2445�PF10FK 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
ML3045�PF10FK 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2445� -BB7FK 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
MR3045� -BB7FK 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2445� -BB7FK 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
ML3045� -BB7FK 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2279
2401
2279
2401
2070
2180
2070
2180
2070
2180
2070
2180
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 1-6"box and 1-12" file draw-er on the other side.Comes with 3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,18" high side accessbookcase with 1 shelf,1-3" pencil, 1-10 1⁄ 2"and 1-12" file drawerson the other side.Comes with 2 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,18" high side accessbookcase with 1 shelf,1-6" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" boxand 1-12" file drawer onthe other side. Comeswith 2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-16 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 5 � - P 2 F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide45 -45" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawer2 -number of drawersF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2445� -HD 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 118 (54) 22 (.62)
MR3045� -HD 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 135 (61) 27 (.76)
coat rod on right side
ML2445� -HD 24 (610) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 118 (54) 22 (.62)
ML3045� -HD 30 (762) 48 1⁄4 (1226) 135 (61) 27 (.76)
coat rod on left side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1697
1810
1697
1810
Monolithic tower
Two full length hingeddoors with coat rod onone side and shelves onthe other side. Comeswith 2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-17
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 6 � - B F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide46 -46.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
B -box fileF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2446� -B2F 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3046� -B2F 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2446� -B2F 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3046� -B2F 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2446� -2BF10 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3046� -2BF10 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2446� -2BF10 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3046� -2BF10 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2446� -F10F 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3046� -F10F 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2446� -F10F 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3046� -F10F 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2385
2506
2385
2506
2454
2574
2454
2574
2279
2401
2279
2401
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 1-6" box and 2-12" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 2-6"box and 1-10 1⁄ 2" filedrawers on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,1-10 1⁄ 2" and 1-12" filedrawer on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-18 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 6 � - B F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide46 -46.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
B -box fileF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2446� -B7F 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
MR3046� -B7F 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2446� -B7F 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 145 (66) 22 (.62)
ML3046� -B7F 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 162 (73) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2446�PF10FK 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
MR3046�PF10FK 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2446�PF10FK 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
ML3046�PF10FK 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
MR2446� -BB7FK 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
MR3046� -BB7FK 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2446� -BB7FK 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 150 (68) 22 (.62)
ML3046� -BB7FK 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 167 (76) 27 (.76)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2279
2401
2279
2401
2070
2180
2070
2180
2070
2180
2070
2180
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,1-7 1⁄ 2" box and 1-12"file drawer on otherside. Comes with 3locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,19 1⁄ 2" high side access bookcase with 1 shelf, 1-3" pencil,1-10 1⁄ 2" and 1-12" file drawer on the otherside. Comes with 2locks.
Modular towers.
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,19 1⁄ 2" high side accessbookcase with 1 shelf,1-6" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box,and 1-12" file drawer on the other side.Comes with 2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-19
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 4 6 � - B F
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide46 -46.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
B -box fileF -12" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2446� -HD 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 118 (54) 22 (.62)
MR3046� -HD 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 135 (61) 27 (.76)
coat rod on right side
ML2446� -HD 24 (610) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 118 (54) 22 (.62)
ML3046� -HD 30 (762) 49 3⁄4 (1264) 135 (61) 27 (.76)
coat rod on left side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1697
1804
1697
1804
Monolithic tower
Two full length hingeddoors. Coat rod on oneside and shelves on theother. Comes with 2locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-20 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 5 8 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide58 -58.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2458� -B3F 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -B3F 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -B3F 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -B3F 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
MR2458� -4F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -4F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -4F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -4F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
MR2458� -P3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -P3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -P3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -P3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2587
2983
2587
2983
2587
2983
2587
2983
2611
3007
2611
3007
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 1-6" box and 3-12" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert and 4-10 1⁄ 2" filedrawers on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 1-3"pencil and 3-10 1⁄ 2" filedrawers on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-21
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 5 8 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide58 -58.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2458� -PB72F 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -PB72F 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -PB72F 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -PB72F 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
MR2458� -3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
MR2458� -B72F 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -B72F 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -B72F 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -B72F 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2611
3007
2611
3007
2554
2942
2554
2942
2554
2942
2554
2942
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 1-3"pencil, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box and2-12" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf and3-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,1-7 1⁄ 2" box and 2-12"file drawers on otherside. Comes with 3locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-22 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 5 8 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide58 -58.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actu-al heights with glides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustablein 11⁄2" increments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2458�PF10FK 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058�PF10FK 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458�PF10FK 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058�PF10FK 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
MR2458� -BB7FK 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -BB7FK 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2458� -BB7FK 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 180 (82) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -BB7FK 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 198 (90) 34 (.96)
left-handed hinged door
MR2458� -HD 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 140 (64) 28 (.79)
MR3058� -HD 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 168 (76) 34 (.96)
coat rod on right side
ML2458� -HD 24 (610) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 140 (64) 28 (.79)
ML3058� -HD 30 (762) 61 3⁄4 (1568) 168 (76) 34 (.96)
coat rod on left side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2168
2269
2168
2269
2168
2269
2168
2269
1740
1868
1740
1868
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,31 1⁄ 2" high side accessbookcase with 2shelves, 1-3" pencil,1-10 1⁄ 2" and 1-12" filedrawers on the otherside. Comes with 2locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,31 1⁄ 2" high side accessbookcase with 2shelves, 1-6" box,1-7 1⁄ 2" box and 1-12"file drawer on the otherside. Comes with 2locks.
Monolithic tower
Two full length hingeddoors. Coat rod on oneside and shelves on theother side. Comes with2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-23
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 6 0 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2460� -2B3F10 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -2B3F10 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -2B3F10 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -2B3F10 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
MR2460� -B73F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -B73F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -B73F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -B73F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
MR2460� -2B2F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -2B2F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -2B2F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -2B2F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2757
3167
2757
3167
2587
2983
2587
2983
2611
3007
2611
3007
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 2-6" box and 3-10 1⁄ 2" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,15" high hinged doorinsert, 1-7 1⁄ 2" box and3-12" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 2-6"box and 2-12" file drawers on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-24 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 6 0 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2460� -3F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -3F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -3F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -3F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
MR2460� -PB2F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -PB2F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -PB2F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -PB2F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
MR2460�2B2F10 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060�2B2F10 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460�2B2F10 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� 2B2F10 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2554
2942
2554
2942
2611
3007
2611
3007
2611
3007
2611
3007
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,22 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf and3-12" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 1-3"pencil, 1-6" box and 2-12" file drawers onother side. Comes with3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf, 2-6"box and 2-10 1⁄ 2" filedrawers on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-25
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 6 0 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2460� -2F10F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -2F10F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -2F10F 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -2F10F 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
MR2460�PF10FK 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060�PF10FK 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460�PF10FK 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060�PF10FK 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
MR2460� -BB7FK 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -BB7FK 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
right-handed hinged door(illustrated)
ML2460� -BB7FK 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 180 (82) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -BB7FK 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 198 (90) 35 (.99)
left-handed hinged door
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2554
2942
2554
2942
2169
2270
2169
2270
2169
2270
2169
2270
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,25 1⁄ 2" high hinged doorinsert with 1 shelf,2-10 1⁄ 2" and 1-12" filedrawer on other side.Comes with 3 locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door withcoat rod on one side,33" high side accessbookcase with 2shelves, 1-3" pencil,1-10 1⁄ 2" and 1-12" filedrawer on the otherside. Comes with 2shelves. Comes with 2locks.
Monolithic tower
Full length door on withcoat rod one side, 33"high side access book-case with 2 shelves,1-6" box, 1-7 1⁄ 2" boxand 1-12" file drawer on other side. Comeswith 2 locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-26 August 2008
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
M o n o l i t h i c U n i t s
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 Series
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
M R 2 4 6 0 � - 3 F 1 0
M -Modular SeriesR -right-handed door24 -24" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
3 -number of drawersF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged doors are standard withself closing European style hinges and open 110°. Clearplastic label holders and labels are available at no charge.Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are actual heights withglides fully recessed. Shelves are adjustable in 11⁄2" incre-ments.
Lock Option
Modular towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Interior drawer bodiesand shelves are finished in black. Bookshelves in side access tow-ers are the same finish as the case.
MR2460� -HD 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 140 (64) 29 (.82)
MR3060� -HD 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 168 (76) 35 (.99)
coat rod on right side
ML2460� -HD 24 (610) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 140 (64) 29 (.82)
ML3060� -HD 30 (762) 63 1⁄4 (1607) 168 (76) 35 (.99)
coat rod on left side
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
1740
1868
1740
1868
Monolithic tower
Two full length hingeddoors. Coat rod on oneside and shelves on theother. Comes with 2locks.
9900 Series fronts are illustrated
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 E-27
M O D U L A R T O W E R S
A c c e s s o r i e s
W h i t e b o a r d & M o b i l e K i t
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
How To Order
1. Specify product numberGeneral Information
Whiteboards have raised edges at each end and include aseparate 10 1⁄2" wide marker tray. Whiteboards and markertrays are manufactured from steel and mount magnetically.Marker tray and side trim on whiteboards are field installed.
Modular Towers Mobile Kit comes with two locking swivelcasters, two non-locking swivel casters and a counterweightMobile Kit can only be mounted on Office Specialty ModularStorage Towers with an exterior case height of 46 1⁄2" or high-er and having a pedestal drawer configuration that does notexceed 30" interior dimensional opening. Note: The mobilekit adds 3 1⁄4" to the height.
F inishes
Whiteboards are powder coated in white paint specially for-mulated for dry erase markers. Marker tray and raised edgeson whiteboard are finished in black.
MWB13165 13 3⁄4 (349) 16 1⁄2 (419) 10 (5)
MWB1318 13 3⁄4 (349) 18 (457) 13 (5.9)
MWB13195 13 3⁄4 (349) 19 1⁄2 (495) 14 (6.4)
MWB13315 13 3⁄4 (349) 31 1⁄2 (800) 16 (7.3)
MWB1333 13 3⁄4 (349) 33 (838) 18 (8.2)
MTMK 22 (9.9)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
200
206
212
219
226
127
Magnetic Whiteboards forside-access towers. Includesmarker tray.
Mobile Kit can only be mount-ed on towers with an exteriorcase height of 46 1⁄ 2" or higherand having a pedestal drawerconfiguration that does notexceed 30". Note: The mobilekit adds 3 1⁄ 4" to the height.
Note: Whiteboards are not intended for use with PERMANENT
markers. Office Specialty recommends using Sanford Expo Dry
Erase Markers and Sanford Whiteboard Cleaner with Landings
Whiteboards.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-28 August 2008
N o t e s
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S & L O C K E R S
Radius Series Tower
Radius Series LockerRadius Series Mini-locker Radius Series Locker
Cubbi-Stor
Radius Series Tower Radius Series Tower
E-30 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S & L O C K E R S
Construction
Cabinets are of all-welded construction using highquality, tension leveled cold rolled steel. The steelgauges selected for drawer fronts, bodies and acces-sories ensure the highest quality durability and per-formance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with newaccessories and interiors as required.
2. Corners are strengthened with a reinforcing gussetand are welded at junction of top and case fronts,eliminating horizontal lines for a cleaner, flushappearance on the face of the cabinet.
3. Absence of scissor mechanism in doors anddrawers eliminates the potential for scissorsbinding and facilitates reconfiguration of cabinetopenings as needed.
4. Units have sound-absorbing materials for quieteroperation — a particular asset in open planenvironments.
5. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
6. Box drawer side double-wall construction providesclean appearance and enclosed divider slots.
7. File drawer bodies have full-height sides toaccommodate hanging file folders, eliminating theneed for optional file frames.
8. Front leading edge of fixed shelf is flat for easyremoval of material.
9. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
10. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
11. Lock fingers are configured with right angle bendupward, not downward, so that lift-up doors can-not be pulled down to disengage fingers from doorslots and be forced to circumvent lock system.
12. Shorter hinged door unit is equipped with oneadjustable shelf, slotted on 1" centers fordividers.
13. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cup-board hinges provide smooth hinged dooroperation. Hinges are not visible from the exteriorof the cabinet.
14. All Towers and Lockers, with the exception of the26 7⁄8" high locker, have ventilation holes in thetop of the cabinet to enhance air circulation within the full-height door and the shorter hinged doorsections.
15. 30" and 36" wide Lockers and Towers have venti-lation holes along the length of the full-heightdoor. The liner or inside of the front is offset toeliminate sightlines into the cabinet. 24" and 42"wide Lockers and Towers do not have ventilationholes in the full-height door.
16. Lock bars operate vertically on both sides of thecabinet for maximum security.
Drawer Construction
Radius drawer and door fronts are 3⁄4" thick and featurea 7⁄8" radius at the drawer and lift-up door top and bot-tom and hinged door sides. This detail adds 5⁄8" overallto cabinet depth (included in dimensions shown).Pulls are black ABS plastic, recessed in drawer and lift-up door sides and in hinged door tops and bottoms.Clear plastic label holders and inserts are optional atno charge. Specify.
Linear fronts are 3⁄ 4" thick with soft, sloping radiustop and bottom. Drawer and doors have a recessed pullformed into the fronts. Drawer sides are capped withblack ABS plastic.
9900 fronts have full width integral pulls.
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism is standard on the42" wide Locker and on Towers and Lockers that havemore than one file (10 1⁄2" and 12") drawer. It providescomplete security against accidental opening of two ormore drawers simultaneously. When any drawer isextended, even fractionally, Safelock ensures that allother openings immediately become inoperable.
Counterweights
Optional counterweights are available. Counterweightsare shipped installed.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Lockers and Towers containing 3" or 6" drawers areprovided with one pencil tray per cabinet. 6" drawersare additionally standard with one steel divider. 10 1⁄2",12" and 15" letter-width file drawers have one suspen-sion bar for side-to-side filing of letter or legal-sizefolders. Full-width pullout drawers are standard withone pair hangfile bars for side-to-side suspended fil-ing. Full-width fixed shelves are standard with 3 platedividers. Optional accessories are available.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heightsmay be increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standardglide. Glides are accessible from inside the cabinetwhen the bottom drawer is fully extended or removedand may be adjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specifyand add $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires fieldinstallation.
Locks
Workplace Towers and Lockers come standard with lock.If lock is not required add suffix '/NL' after product num-ber. Deduct $41 list per lock. For lock location, seepage 10. Locks are available in Chrome and Black fin-ish. Specify.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which has a blackneoprene plastic key cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts. Locks may not be field installed inhinged and sliding door cabinets. Specify lateral fileheight and width or model number.
Master keys are available at $35 list.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
2 4 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
S P E C I F Y W I T H / W I T H O U T M O B I L E F I L E K I T
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
E -9900 SeriesR -Radius SeriesN -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 4 0 5 � - P F 1 0
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -24" wide405 -40.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
TR24405� -2BF 24 (610) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 130 (59) 18 (.50)
right-handed hinged door
TL24405� -2BF 24 (610) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 130 (59) 18 (.50)
left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
TR24405� -PF10 24 (610) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 130 (59) 18 (.50)
right-handed hinged door
TL24405� -PF10 24 (610) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 130 (59) 18 (.50)
left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
TR24405� -P2F10 24 (610) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 130 (59) 18 (.50)
right-handed hinged door
TL24405� -P2F10 24 (610) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 130 (59) 18 (.50)
left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
2375
2375
2336
2336
2375
2375
Workplace towers,
specify with/without
mobile file kit, fulllength 9" wide door onone side, 16 1⁄2" highhinged door insert, 2-6"box and 1-12" file drawers on other side
Workplace towers,
specify with/without
mobile file kit, fulllength 9" wide door onone side, 1-27" highhinged door insert, 1-3"pencil and 1-10 1⁄2" filedrawer on other side.
Workplace towers,
specify with/without
mobile file kit, fulllength 9" wide door onone side, 1-16 1⁄2" highhinged door insert, 1-3"pencil and 2-10 1⁄2" filedrawers on other side
Radius fronts are illustrated
August 2008 E-31
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-32 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
3 0 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
S P E C I F Y W I T H / W I T H O U T M O B I L E F I L E K I T
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 3 0 4 0 5 � - P F 1 0
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door30 -30" wide405 -40.5" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerF10 -10 1⁄2" file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on 9900 and LinearSeries.
TR30405� -2BF 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door
TL30405� -2BF 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
TR30405� -PF10 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door
TL30405� -PF10 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
TR30405� -P2F10 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
right-handed hinged door
TL30405� -P2F10 30 (762) 43 3⁄8 (1102) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
2717
2717
2674
2674
2717
2717
Workplace towers,
specify with/without
mobile file kit, fulllength 15" wide door onone side, 2-6" box,1-12" file drawers onother side
Workplace towers,
specify with/without
mobile file kit, fulllength 15" wide door onone side, 1-27" highhinged door insert, 1-3"pencil and 1-10 1⁄2" filedrawer on other side
Workplace towers,
specify with/without
mobile file kit, fulllength 15" wide door onone side, 1-161⁄2" highhinged door inert, 1-3"pencil, 2-10 1⁄2" filedrawers on other side
Radius fronts are illustrated
Product No.:
E -9900 SeriesR -Radius SeriesN -Linear Series
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
2 4 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 5 8 � - P B 7 F F
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -24" wide58 -58" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
TR2458� -P3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2458� -P3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2458� -PB7FF 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2458� -PB7FF 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2458� -3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 188 (85) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2458� -3F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 188 (85) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2458� PB72F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2458� PB72F10 24 (610) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2709
2709
2709
2709
2650
2650
2709
2709
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 24"hingeddoor insert, pencil and3-10 1⁄2" file drawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 24" hingeddoor insert, pencil, 7 1⁄2"box and 2-12" file drawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 27" hingeddoor insert, 3-10 1⁄2" filedrawer 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 27" hingeddoor insert, pencil, 7 1⁄2"box and 2-10 1⁄2" filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Radius fronts are illustrated
August 2008 E-33
Product No.:
E -9900 SeriesR -Radius SeriesN -Linear Series
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-34 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
2 4 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 5 8 � - P B 7 F F
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -24" wide58 -58" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on 9900 and LinearSeries.
TR2460�-3F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2460� -3F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2460�-2B2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2460� -2B2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door(illustrated)
TR2460�-PB2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2460� -PB2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR2460�-2F10F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL2460� -2F10F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2727
2727
2709
2709
2709
2709
2727
2727
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 24" hingeddoor insert and 3-12" file drawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 24" hingeddoor insert, 2-6" boxand 2-12" file drawers13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 27" hingeddoor insert, pencil,1-6" box and 2-12" filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door 8 3⁄16" wide, 27" hingeddoor insert, 2-10 1⁄2"and 1-12" file drawer 13 5⁄8" wide
Radius fronts are illustrated
Product No.:
E -9900 SeriesR -Radius SeriesN -Linear Series
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
3 0 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 3 0 5 8 � - P B 7 F F
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door30 -30" wide58 -58" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on 9900 and LinearSeries.
TR3058�-PB7FF 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL3058� -PB7FF 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
TR3058�-P3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 188 (85) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL3058� -P3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 188 (85) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
3102
3102
3102
3102
Tower, full length door14 1⁄4" wide, 24"highhinged door insert,1 pencil, 1-7 1⁄2" highbox and 2-12" high filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door14 1⁄4" wide, 24" highhinged door insert, 1pencil, 3-10 1⁄2" high filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Radius fronts are illustrated
August 2008 E-35
Product No.:
E -9900 SeriesR -Radius SeriesN -Linear Series
9900 SeriesRadius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 24"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-36 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E T O W E R S
3 0 " w x 2 4 " d T o w e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 3 0 5 8 � - P B 7 F F
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door30 -30" wide58 -58" interior height� -specify:
E 9900 SeriesR Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on 9900 and LinearSeries.
TR3058� PB72F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 188 (85) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL3058� PB72F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 188 (85) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door(illustrated)
TR3058� -3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right hand hinged door
TL3058� -3F10 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
3102
3102
3037
3037
Tower, full length door14 1⁄4" wide, 27" highhinged door insert,1 pencil, 1-7 1⁄2" highbox and 2-10 1⁄2" highfile drawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door14 1⁄4" wide, 27" highhinged door insert,3-10 1⁄2" high filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Radius fronts are illustrated
Product No.:
E -9900 SeriesR -Radius SeriesN -Linear Series
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
3 0 " w & 3 6 " w L o c k e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
W R 3 0 6 0 � - P B 2 F
W -workplace locker R -right-handed door30 -30" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace lockers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on Linear Series.
WR3024� -P2F 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 12 (.34)right hand hinged door
WL3024� -P2F 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 12 (.34)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR3060� -2B2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -2B2F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -2B2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -2B2F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR3060� -2PB2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -2PB2F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -2PB2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -2PB2F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1068
1068
2440
2727
2440
2727
2440
2727
2440
2727
Mini-locker,
full-length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 1-3" pencil and 2-10 1⁄2" file drawers,letter width
Locker, 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 24" hinged doorinsert, 2-6" box and 2-12" file drawers,letter width
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4" wide, door and drawers,legal width
Locker, 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 24" hinged doorinsert, 2-3" pencil, 1-6" box and 2-12" file drawers, letter width
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4" wide, door and drawerslegal width
Radius fronts are illustrated
August 2008 E-37
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-38 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
3 0 " w & 3 6 " w L o c k e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
W R 3 0 6 0 � - P B 2 F
W -workplace lockerR -right-handed door30 -30" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace lockers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on Linear Series.
WR3060� -PBFE 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -PBFE 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -PBFE 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -PBFE 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR3060� -4BF 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -4BF 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -4BF 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -4BF 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR3060� -3F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -3F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -3F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -3F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2440
2727
2440
2727
2440
2727
2440
2727
2384
2691
2384
2691
Locker, 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 24" hinged doorinsert, 1-3" pencil,1-6" box, 1-12" file and 1-15" EDP drawer,letter width
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4" wide, door and drawers,legal width
Locker 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 24" hinged doorinsert, 4-6" box and 1-12" file drawer, letterwidth
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4" wide, door and drawerslegal width
Locker 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 24 hinged door insert and 3-12" file drawers letter width
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4" wide, door and drawerslegal width
Radius fronts are illustrated
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
3 0 " w & 3 6 " w L o c k e r s
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
W R 3 0 6 0 � - P B 2 F
W -workplace lockerR -right-handed door30 -30" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
P -pencil drawerB7 -7 1⁄2" box drawerF -file drawer
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Clear plastic label holders and labels are avail-able at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinet heights are nom-inal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace lockers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $82list. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hinged doorcabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Note: Perforated hinged doors are not available on Linear Series.
WR3060� -PB2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -PB2F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -PB2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 188 (85) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -PB2F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR3060� -2F10F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WR3660� -2F10F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)right hand hinged door
WL3060� -2F10F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
WL3660� -2F10F 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 205 (93) 31 (.88)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2440
2727
2440
2727
2384
2691
2384
2691
Locker 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 27" hinged doorinsert, 1-3" pencil, 1-6" box and 2-12" file drawers, letter width
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4"wide, door and drawers,legal width
Locker 30" wide,
full length door 14 1⁄4" wide, 27" hinged doorinsert, 2-10 1⁄2" and 1-12" file drawer, letterwidth
Locker 36" wide,
full length door 17 1⁄4" wide, door and drawers,legal width
Radius fronts are illustrated
August 2008 E-39
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-40 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
4 2 " w L o c k e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
W R 4 2 6 0 � - 2 4 H 3 F
W -workplace lockerR -right-handed door42 -42" wide60 -60" interior height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
24 -hinged door insert sizeH -hinged door3 -number of drawersF -file drawer
General Information
Full length door contains one coat rod. Hinged door inserthas one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments.Hinged doors are standard with self closing European stylehinges and open 110°. Clear plastic label holders andlabels are available at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinetheights are nominal. Actual heights (with glides fullyrecessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace lockers come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41list per lock. Note: Locks cannot be field installed on hingeddoor cabinets.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
WR4260� -24H3F 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)right hand hinged door
WL4260� -24H3F 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR4260� 27HPB2F 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)right hand hinged door
WL4260� 27HPB2F 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR4260� -5FF 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)right hand hinged door
WL4260� -5FF 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
WR4260� -LU4FF 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)right hand hinged door
WL4260� -LU4FF 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 225 (102) 36 (1.0)left hand hinged door (illustrated)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2905
2905
2967
2967
2967
2967
2967
2967
Locker, full-length door 11 3⁄16" wide, 24" hingeddoor insert 29" wide,3-12" file drawers 28 1⁄2" wide. Comes with 3 locks.
Locker, full-length door 11 3⁄16" wide, 27" hingeddoor insert 29" wide,1-3" pencil, 1-6" box and 2-12" file drawers 28 1⁄2" wide. Comes with 3 locks.
Locker, full-length door 11 3⁄16" wide, 12" lift-upwith pullout shelf and 4-12" file drawers 28 1⁄2" wide. Comes with 2 locks.
Locker, full-length door 11 3⁄16" wide, 13.5" lift-upwith fixed shelf, 1-10 1⁄2"drawer, 3-12" file drawers28 1⁄2" wide. Comes with 2 locks.
Radius fronts are illustrated
Radius SeriesLinear Series
Depth: 18 5⁄8"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
C u b b i - S t o r
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
R -Radius Series
N -Linear Series
Product No.
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
W L 3 0 5 8 � - 6 H D V T
WL -workplace locker30 -30" wide58 -58" interior height� -specify:
R Radius SeriesN Linear Series
6 -number of openingsHD -hinged door
General Information
Hinged doors are standard with self closing European stylehinges and open 110°. Clear plastic label holders andlabels are available at no charge. Specify. Exterior cabinetheights are nominal. Actual heights (with glides fullyrecessed) are 1⁄8" less.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies andshelves are finished in black.
WL3058� -6HDVT 30 (762) 61 3⁄8 (1559) 185 (84) 26 (.73)
ListPrice
$ 2613Cubbi-Stor, 2-18" highhinged doors and 1-19"high hinged door on each side.Locks are included.
Radius fronts are illustrated
August 2008 E-41
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comE-42 August 2008
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
M o b i l e S u p p o r t f o r T o w e r s & L o c k e r s
How to Order
1. Specify product numberGeneral Information
The accessories on these pages are used in conjunction withbasic cabinets and desired drawer and shelf interiors. Allinterior accessories are finished in black.
Minimum order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
MFK18 4 1⁄2 (114) 4 5⁄8 (117) 10.4 (4.7)
MFK24 4 1⁄2 (114) 4 5⁄8 (117) 11.4 (5.2)
18" mobile support frame, for30" and 36" wide lateral filewith maximum of three pulloutdrawers and maximum height of43 1⁄2"Note: Counterweight must beinstalled in lateral file
24" mobile support frame, for24" and 30" wide WorkplaceTowers with maximum of threepullout drawers and maximumheight of 58 3⁄4"Note: Counterweight is recommended
$
$
395
395
List
Price
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
W O R K P L A C E L O C K E R S
How To Order
1. Specify flex top2. Specify finish color
General Information
Flex tops provide a unique aesthetic while preventing openstorage above the cabinet. Tops are shipped as a single unitand adhere onto cabinet tops with double-sided tape. Sheetmetal dome may be specified in plain steel, perforated, cir-cle punched or embossed to match Platform tile styles.Aluminum anchor bars are elevated approx. 3⁄8" above cabi-net. Peak in 18" deep tops is 2 1⁄2" high, peak on 24" deeptops is 3" high.
Specify flex tops according to cabinet top dimensions as fol-lows: 18"d x 30"w, 36"w and 42"w for installation onto lat-erals, lockers, cubbi-stor and 24" x 24" w and 30"w fortowers.
Note: When selecting flex top styles for 30" wide towers andlockers note that the full length door on these units havesquare perforations.
Note: Flex tops are not compatible with Modular Series
Towers.
F inishes
Flextops are available in any standard or textured finish. Refer toFinishes section.
FT-NF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-NF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-NF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-NF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-NF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
FT-CPF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-CPF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-CPF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-CPF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-CPF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
FT-PF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-PF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-PF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-PF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-PF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
FT-EF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-EF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-EF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-EF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-EF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
305
318
328
351
360
407
422
429
449
464
407
422
429
449
464
407
422
429
449
464
Plain steel
Circle Punched
Perforated
Embossed
August 2008 E-43
FO
ptio
nal Fro
nts
O P T I O N A L F R O N T S
• ACOUSTICAL FILES
• RADIUS IMPRESSIONS®
• RADIUS FABRIC FRONTS
• 9900 SERIES DESIGNER FRONTS
Acoustical
Three High Lateral
Impressions®
Multi-Unit
Impressions® Impressions®
Embossed File
9900 Series Designer Front
Multi-Unit
9900 Series Designer Front
Lateral
9 9 0 0 S E R I E S
D e s i g n e r F r o n t
DF1 Square Perforation DF2 Braille
DF4 Oval DebossedDF3 Oval Embossed
General Information
The following patterns may be ordered on all 9900Series fronts with the exception of hinged doors and
modular towers.
To order, specify an 9900 Series lateral,pedestal or ver-tical and make note of which pattern is to be applied tothe front as a line item after each product.
Upcharge
Upcharge for patterns is $11 list per front. Note:
Patterns cannot be altered. Customer own patterns
will not be accepted on 9900 Series product.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comF-2 August 2008
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 F-3
R A D I U S S E R I E S A C O U S T I C A L F I L E S
Award-winning Acoustical Files have an excellent
NRC rating of .95
All too often great care is given selecting system furni-ture panels for their noise reduction properties. Hardsurfaced elements, such as storage bins and lateralfiles, are then placed directly in front of them. This hasthe effect of cancelling much, if not all of their acousti-cal qualities.
Office Specialty’s unique Acoustical Files featuredrawer fronts and liners that are perforated so that air-borne sound passes into the cabinet. As a result, soundis absorbed by the cabinet fronts and the paper storedinside.
The NRC of these cabinets is an excellent .95. Thisequals or exceeds values typically achieved by acousti-cal panels.
In offices where lateral files take up most of theavailable wall space, or stand in front of the majority offreestanding panels, Office Specialty Acoustical Files area highly effective, affordable solution.
12" Drawer front
Detail of hole pattern
1.414
.750
.375
.750
1.500
.250 DIA HOLE
1.562
Acoustical Files help reduce distraction.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comF-4 August 2008
R A D I U S S E R I E S
A c o u s t i c a l F i l e s
L a t e r a l s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
A C - 3 6 - 4 F F R
AC -Acoustical fronts36 -cabinet width4 -number of drawersF -12" file drawerR -Radius Series
General Information
Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair hangfile bars in each12" opening. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standing lateral file cabinets. Exterior cabinet heights arenominal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8"less.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $41 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
AC-30-2FFR 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 12 (.34)
AC-36-2FFR 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 125 (57) 14 (.40)
AC-42-2FFR 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 135 (61) 16 (.45)
AC-30-3FFR 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
AC-36-3FFR 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
AC-42-3FFR 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 175 (79) 23 (.65)
AC-30-4FFR 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 175 (79) 22 (.62)
AC-36-4FFR 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 200 (90) 26 (.74)
AC-42-4FFR 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 235 (107) 30 (.85)
AC-30-5FFR 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 26 (.74)
AC-36-5FFR 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 245 (111) 31 (.88)
AC-42-5FFR 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 270 (122) 36 (1.0)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
942
1032
1162
1290
1421
1630
1605
1847
2141
1929
2188
2539
2 high cabinet with 2-12" fixed front drawers
3 high cabinet with 3-12" fixed front drawers
4 high cabinet with 4-12" fixed front drawers
5 high cabinet with topopening 12" lift-up door and pullout shelf, other 4 openings 12" fixed frontdrawers
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 F-5
R A D I U S S E R I E S I M P R E S S I O N S ®
Knockout or emboss Radius Series drawer and
door fronts to create intriguing custom patterns
Impressions® takes the soft sculptured front panels of theRadius Series and adds exciting new visual dimensions.
An unlimited number of geometric patterns may becreated either by embossing or knocking out materialfrom the drawer or door front. Knocking out materialexposes a painted metal liner positioned slightly behindthe front. The result is a dramatic three dimensionaleffect that opens up design and color combinations aslimitless as the imagination. Embossing the drawer ordoor front creates an interesting element of texture tothe finished piece.
Unlike other customized filing products that rely onadding decorative material to the front, Impressions pat-terns are created by removing or embossing some of thecomponent material. An infinite number of geometriescan be created to produce a clean, uncluttered, andentirely unique effect.
Impressions from Office Specialty, another dimen-sion in design.
Impressions® is a Trademark of Office Specialty Inc.
US Patent No. 5161343
A painted metal liner behind these square knockoutscreates a stunning dimensional effect.
An interesting mix of diagonal and circular knockoutscreates an intriguing custom touch.
An embossed design adds texture and dimension.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comF-6 August 2008
R A D I U S S E R I E S I M P R E S S I O N S ®
General information
How To Order
1. Specify a Radius Series lateral, vertical or pedestalproduct number including finish color and options.
2. Specify drawer/door liner finish color (for a knock-out design).
3. Specify one of the following standard OfficeSpecialty Patterns or submit a drawing of yourdesign to Office Specialty for approval.
Note: All patterns including Office Specialty standardones, are subject to approval and extended lead time.
Impressions Design Information
1. Designs must be purely geometric shapes orpatterns.
2. Designs may be knocked out revealing a linerbehind, or embossed.
3. The location of the pattern must fall within thehatched areas as illustrated below.
Upcharge
There is a one time set-up charge of $285 list forImpressions patterns that are not found on pages F-7 toF-8.
Note: Additional lead time will apply to orders with a
non-standard Impressions pattern.
Upcharge per Impressions door or drawer front is $11list for all Impressions patterns, including those found inthe price list.
Note: Mirror images and pattern rotations of the originaldesign specified for separate drawer/door fronts areconsidered distinctive patterns and are subject to theregular pattern set up charge.
For detailed information regarding the Impressions pat-terns found on the following pages, contact your cus-tomer service representative.
IMPRESSIONS
LIFT-UP DOORS AND FIXED FRONTS
IMPRESSIONS
HINGED DOORS
'Impressions' design must fall within the hatched areas. 'Impressions' design must fall within the hatched areas.
Front Size A B C D
15"H x 36" W 14 53⁄64 34 19⁄32 11 37⁄64 31 7⁄16
13.5"H x 36" W 13 21⁄64 34 19⁄32 10 5⁄64 31 7⁄16
12"H x 36" W 11 53⁄64 34 19⁄32 8 37⁄64 31 7⁄16
10.5"H x 36" W 10 21⁄64 34 19⁄32 7 5⁄64 31 7⁄16
6"H x 36" W 5 53⁄64 34 19⁄32 2 37⁄64 31 7⁄16
3"H x 36" W 2 53⁄64 34 19⁄32 N/A N/A
15"H x 30" W 14 53⁄64 28 19⁄32 11 37⁄64 25 7⁄16
13.5"H x 30" W 13 21⁄64 28 19⁄32 10 5⁄64 25 7⁄16
12"H x 30" W 11 53⁄64 28 19⁄32 8 37⁄64 25 7⁄16
10.5"H x 30" W 10 21⁄64 28 19⁄32 7 5⁄64 25 7⁄16
6"H x 30" W 5 53⁄64 28 19⁄32 2 37⁄64 25 7⁄16
3"H x 30" W 2 53⁄64 28 19⁄32 N/A N/A
Cabinet Size A B C D
67.5"ID x 36" W 67 3⁄8 17 7⁄32 64 1⁄8 9 7⁄32
60"ID x 36" W 59 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 56 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
54"ID x 36" W 53 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 50 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
48"ID x 36" W 47 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 44 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
45"ID x 36" W 44 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 41 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
40.5"ID x 36" W 40 3⁄8 17 7⁄32 37 1⁄8 9 7⁄32
36"ID x 36" W 35 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 32 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
30"ID x 36" W 29 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 26 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
27"ID x 36" W 26 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 23 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
27"Insert x 36" W 25 3⁄8 17 7⁄32 22 1⁄8 9 7⁄32
24"ID x 36" W 23 7⁄8 17 7⁄32 20 5⁄8 9 7⁄32
24"Insert x 36" W 22 3⁄8 17 7⁄32 19 1⁄8 9 7⁄32
67.5"ID x 30" W 67 3⁄8 14 7⁄32 64 1⁄8 6 7⁄32
60"ID x 30" W 59 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 56 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
54"ID x 30" W 53 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 50 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
48"ID x 30" W 47 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 44 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
45"ID x 30" W 44 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 41 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
40.5"ID x 30" W 40 3⁄8 14 7⁄32 37 1⁄8 6 7⁄32
36"ID x 30" W 35 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 32 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
30"ID x 30" W 29 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 26 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
27"ID x 30" W 26 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 23 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
27"Insert x 30" W 25 3⁄8 14 7⁄32 22 1⁄8 6 7⁄32
24"ID x 30" W 23 7⁄8 14 7⁄32 20 5⁄8 6 7⁄32
24"Insert x 30" W 22 3⁄8 14 7⁄32 19 1⁄8 6 7⁄32
For 42"w lift-up doors and fixed fronts add 6" to the 36"w B & Ddimensions. A & C remain the same.
A C
15/8"
21/16" D
B
D
B
C A
A C
1 5/8"
2 5/64" D
B
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 F-7
R A D I U S S E R I E S I M P R E S S I O N S ®
IMP #001 IMP #C01 IMP #D01
IMP #E01 IMP #G01 IMP #003
IMP #011 IMP #A11 IMP #B11
IMP #013 IMP #A13 IMP #B13
For hinged doors only
For hinged doors only
IMP #C13 IMP #034 IMP #A34
IMP #037 IMP #A37 IMP #B37
Note: All Impressions patterns are subject to additional lead times.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comF-8 August 2008
R A D I U S S E R I E S I M P R E S S I O N S ®
IMP #C37 IMP #040 IMP #A40
IMP #044 IMP #059 IMP #A59
IMP #070 IMP #078 IMP #A78
IMP #B78 IMP #094
GG
RID
G R I D
Specify storage with Nuform Woodgrain, Veneer,
painted MDF and glazing to personalize your office
space.
Laterals Pedestals
Multi-Units
Hinged Door Cabinets Towers
G R I D L A T E R A L S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appro-priate, Wood Profile lateral files meet all ANSI/BIFMAspecifications.
Construction
Lateral files and hinged door cabinets are of all-weldedconstruction using 20 and 22 gauge high quality, tensionleveled, cold rolled steel. The steel gauges selected fordrawer bodies and accessories ensure the highest qual-ity durability and performance for all components.
MDF fronts are made from SCS certified formalde-hyde free MDF. The fronts are finished with a durablemicro textured UV cured powder coating. There is aslight colour variation between the MDF fronts and themetal cases due to the different substrates.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with newaccessories and interiors.
2. Corners are strengthened with a reinforcing gussetand are welded at junction of top and case,eliminating horizontal lines for a cleaner, flushappearance on the face of the cabinet.
3. Absence of scissor mechanism in drawerseliminates the potential for scissors binding andfacilitates reconfiguration of cabinet openingsas needed.
4. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
5. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspension armpreventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
6. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cup-board hinges provide smooth hinged door opera-tion. Hinges are not visible from the exterior of thecabinet.
Drawer Pulls
Nuform fronts include a Q- pull. Veneer fronts are avail-able with 2 pull options. The standard veneer pull is thesame Q- pull that comes with the nuform front. A con-tinuous pull is also available on most veneer units.MDF lateral fronts are available with 2 pull options.The standard pull option is the continuous pull.A T- Series full pull option is also available at no addi-tional charge. MDF storage cabinets include a touchlatch. A touch latch option is also available on veneerunits that match the MDF cabinet heights.
FP000 - Touch latchFP001 - Q- pullFP002 - Continuous pullFP006 - T- Series full pull
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism provides completesecurity against accidental opening of two or more draw-ers simultaneously. When any drawer or shelf is extend-ed, even fractionally, Safelock ensures that all otheropenings, except for the 3" drawer, immediately becomeinoperable. Safelock is standard on all lateral files.
Counterweights
Optional counterweights are recommended for all free-standing lateral file cabinets.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Pullout drawers are standard with one pair hangfile barsfor side-to-side suspended filing. Optional accessoriesare available.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the cabinet. Bases may beeasily added or changed on site. Cabinets are shippedwith bases installed with ordered.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heights maybe increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Standard glides may be used with or without baseaprons. Glides are accessible from inside the cabinetwhen the bottom drawer is fully extended or removedand may be adjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires field installation
Locks
Cabinets come standard with lock. For lock location, seepage 12.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which features ablack neoprene plastic cover.
Master keys are available at $35 list.
Overhead Storage
Specify overhead bins from Office Specialty SystemsStorage Price List.
Tops
Refer to Accessories Section to specify matching tops.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comG-2
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-3
G R I D L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a
F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) (kg) ft. (m)
30-21-2FF� 30 (762) 23 7⁄8 (683) 80 (00) 11 (.00)
36-21-2FF� 36 (914) 23 7⁄8 (683) 100 (00) 13 (.00)
42-21-2FF� 42 (1067) 23 7⁄8 (683) 120 (00) 15 (.00)
30-2FF� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 100 (45) 12 (.34)
36-2FF� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 120 (54) 14 (.40)
42-2FF� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 130 (59) 16 (.45)
30-2BF� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 12 (.34)
36-2BF� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 125 (56) 14 (.40)
42-2BF� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 135 (61) 16 (.45)
30-4B� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 12 (.34)
36-4B� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 125 (56) 14 (.40)
42-4B� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 135 (61) 16 (.45)
30-31.5-3FF� 30 (762) 34 3⁄8 (873) 120 (54) 15 (.42)
36-31.5-3FF� 36 (914) 34 3⁄8 (873) 140 (63) 18 (.51)
42-31.5-3FF� 42 (1067) 34 3⁄8 (873) 160 (72) 20 (.56)
30-3FF� 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
36-3FF� 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 20 (.56)
42-3FF� 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 170 (77) 23 (.65)
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1096
1157
1187
1060
1138
1179
1276
1361
1420
1455
1578
1641
1430
1495
1556
1396
1503
1569
2 high cabinet 2-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
2 high cabinet 2-12" fixed front drawersCounterweight is recommended.
2 high cabinettop 2 openings 6"drawers, bottomopening 12" drawer.Counterweight is recommended.
2 high cabinet4-6" drawers.Counter-weight is recommended.
3 high cabinet3-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
3 high cabinet3-12" fixed frontdrawers
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1510
1550
1577
1550
1605
1634
1908
2000
2072
2282
2415
2523
2072
2118
2164
2138
2215
2262
VeneerFP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1648
1704
1761
1688
1759
1818
2115
2231
2348
2558
2723
2891
2279
2349
2440
2345
2446
2538
Veneer FP002
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1236
1311
1373
1201
1292
1365
1487
1593
1699
1736
1887
2013
1641
1727
1835
1607
1735
1848
MDFFP002
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 F F W / F P 0 0 2
36 -cabinet width4 -number of drawersFF -fixed frontW -veneer/FP002 -Continuous pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002and FP006 are both clear anodized. All are standard aluminum finish.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
W -Veneer FP002
M -MDF FP002
M -MDF FP006
Product No.
FP001 FP002
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1236
1311
1373
1201
1292
1365
1487
1593
1699
1736
1887
2013
1641
1727
1835
1607
1735
1848
MDFFP006
FP006
Note: 10 1⁄2" drawers on this page are intended for suspended filing only and cannot accept dividers.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-4
G R I D L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a
F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
30-42-4FF� 30 (762) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 140 (63) 19 (.54)
36-42-4FF� 36 (914) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 160 (72) 23 (.65)
42-42-4FF� 42 (1067) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 180 (81) 26 (.74)
30-4FF� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 22 (.62)
36-4FF� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
42-4FF� 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 230 (104) 30 (.85)
30-52.5-5FF� 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 180 (82) 23 (.65)
36-52.5-5FF� 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 205 (93) 27 (.76)
42-52.5-5FF� 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 240 (109) 32 (.91)
4 high cabinet4-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
4 high cabinet4-12" fixed front drawers
5 high cabinet5-10 1⁄2" fixed frontdrawers
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1784
1860
1939
1789
1868
1940
2097
2202
2289
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2651
2703
2764
2718
2815
2870
3193
3267
3334
VeneerFP001
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2927
3011
3132
2994
3123
3238
3538
3652
3794
Veneer FP002
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2065
2169
2311
2070
2177
2312
2448
2589
2754
MDFFP002
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 4 F F W / F P 0 0 2
36 -cabinet width4 -number of drawersFF -fixed frontW -veneer/FP002 -Continuous pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are rec-ommended for all freestanding lateral file cabinets.Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair of hangfile bars ineach pullout opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002and FP006 are both clear anodized. All are standard aluminum finish.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
W -Veneer FP002
M -MDF FP002
M -MDF FP006
Product No.
FP001 FP002 FP006
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2065
2169
2311
2070
2177
2312
2448
2589
2754
MDFFP006
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
937
1011
1150
1009
1084
1222
1033
1113
1269
1106
1185
1342
1069
1148
1306
1214
1293
1451
VeneerFP001
3024HD� 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 75 (34) 12 (.34)
3624HD� 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 14 (.40)
4224HD� 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 110 (50) 16 (.45)
3024HD� -SH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 12 (.34)
3624HD� -SH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 14 (.40)
4224HD� -SH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 16 (.45)
3031.5HD� 30 (762) 34 3⁄8 (873) 85 (38) 15 (.42)
3631.5HD� 36 (914) 34 3⁄8 (873) 105 (47) 18 (.51)
4231.5HD� 42 (1067) 34 3⁄8 (873) 120 (54) 20 (.56)
3031.5HD� -SH 30 (762) 34 3⁄8 (873) 95 (43) 15 (.42)
3631.5HD� -SH 36 (914) 34 3⁄8 (873) 115 (52) 18 (.51)
4231.5HD� -SH 42 (1067) 34 3⁄8 (873) 125 (56) 20 (.56)
3036HD� 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
3636HD� 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
4236HD� 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 23 (.65)
3036HD� -SH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
3636HD� -SH 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 145 (65) 20 (.56)
4236HD� -SH 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 155 (70) 23 (.65)
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 4 2 H D W - S H / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width42 -interior heightHD -hinged doorW -veneerSH -shelf/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-5
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
796
860
977
868
932
1049
878
946
1079
950
1019
1152
908
975
1111
1053
1120
1256
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
796
860
977
868
932
1049
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
MDFFP000
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
M -MDF FP000
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
FP001 FP002
3042HD� 30 (762) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 140 (63) 19 (.54)
3642HD� 36 (914) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 150 (68) 23 (.65)
4242HD� 42 (1067) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 160 (72) 26 (.74)
3042HD� -SH 30 (762) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 145 (65) 19 (.54)
3642HD� -SH 36 (914) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 155 (70) 23 (.65)
4242HD� -SH 42 (1067) 44 7⁄8 (1140) 165 (74) 26 (.74)
3048HD� 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 160 (72) 22 (.62)
3648HD� 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
4248HD� 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 190 (86) 30 (.85)
3048HD� -SH 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 165 (74) 22 (.62)
3648HD� -SH 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
4248HD� -SH 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 195 (88) 30 (.85)
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1174
1292
1477
1319
1436
1622
1201
1358
1555
1346
1503
1700
VeneerFP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-6
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 4 2 H D W - S H / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width42 -interior heightHD -hinged doorW -veneerSH -shelf/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
999
1097
1256
1143
1242
1401
1021
1154
1322
1166
1299
1467
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Depth: 19"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1335
1506
1744
1479
1651
1889
1393
1607
1849
1611
1824
2066
1660
1873
2116
VeneerFP001
3052.5HD� 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 160 (73) 23 (.65)
3652.5HD� 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 170 (77) 27 (.76)
4252.5HD� 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3052.5HD� -SH 30 (762) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 165 (75) 23 (.65)
3652.5HD� -SH 36 (914) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 175 (79) 27 (.76)
4252.5HD� -SH 42 (1067) 55 3⁄8 (1407) 195 (88) 32 (.91)
3060HD� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
3660HD� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 31 (.88)
4260HD� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 36 (1.0)
3060HD� -SH 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
3660HD� -SH 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 190 (86) 31 (.88)
4260HD� -SH 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 215 (98) 36 (1.0)
3060HD� -WS 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
3660HD� -WS 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 190 (86) 31 (.88)
4260HD� -WS 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 215 (98) 36 (1.0)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1134
1279
1483
1279
1424
1628
1184
1366
1571
1402
1583
1788
1451
1633
1838
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-7
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 0 H D W - S H / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width60 -interior heightHD -hinged doorW -veneerSH -shelf/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 3 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blank shelf, 3 half width shelves and 1 half width coat rod
Depth: 19"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
3072HD� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3672HD� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4272HD� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
3072HD� -SH 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3672HD� -SH 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4272HD� -SH 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
3072HD� -WS 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3672HD� -WS 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4272HD� -WS 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1689
1872
2046
1979
2162
2336
1956
2139
2313
VeneerFP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-8
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 7 2 H D W - S H / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width72 -interior heightHD -hinged doorW -veneerSH -shelf/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blank shelf, 3 half width shelves and 1 half width coat rod
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1436
1591
1739
1726
1881
2029
1703
1857
2006
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Depth: 19"
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1758
1947
2128
2048
2237
2418
2024
2213
2395
VeneerFP001
3073.5HD� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3673.5HD� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HD� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HD� -SH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3673.5HD� -SH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HD� -SH 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HD� -WS 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3673.5HD� -WS 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HD� -WS 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 7 3 . 5 H D W - S H / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width73.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doorW -veneerSH -shelf/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is paintedand FP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminumfinish.
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blank shelf, 3 half width shelves and 1 half width coat rod
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1493
1655
1808
1783
1945
2098
1760
1922
2075
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Depth: 19"
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-9
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 H D J - S
36 -cabinet width24 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsJ -glazed SH -shelf
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
3024HDJ 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 75 (34) 12 (.34)
3624HDJ 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 14 (.40)
4224HDJ 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 110 (50) 16 (.45)
3024HDJ-SH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 12 (.34)
3624HDJ-SH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 14 (.40)
4224HDJ-SH 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 115 (52) 16 (.45)
3036HDJ 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 130 (59) 17 (.48)
3636HDJ 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 140 (63) 20 (.56)
4236HDJ 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 150 (68) 23 (..65)
3036HDJ-SH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 135 (61) 17 (.48)
3636HDJ-SH 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 145 (65) 20 (.56)
4236HDJ-SH 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 155 (70) 23 (..65)
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1136
1192
1289
1209
1264
1362
1400
1477
1624
1545
1622
1769
FP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-10
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-11
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 6 0 H D J - S H
36 -cabinet width60 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsJ -glazed SH -shelf
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
3060HDJ 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 170 (77) 26 (.74)
3660HDJ 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 31 (.88)
4260HDJ 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 210 (95) 36 (1.0)
3060HDJ-SH 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
3660HDJ-SH 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 190 (86) 31 (.88)
4260HDJ-SH 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 215 (98) 36 (1.0)
3060HDJ-WS 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 175 (79) 26 (.74)
3660HDJ-WS 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 190 (86) 31 (.88)
4260HDJ-WS 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 215 (98) 36 (1.0)
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 3 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blank shelf, 3 half width shelves and 1 half width coat rod
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1941
2140
2363
2159
2357
2580
2208
2407
2629
FP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-12
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 7 2 H D J - S H
36 -cabinet width72 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsJ -glazed SH -shelf
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
3072HDJ 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3672HDJ 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4272HDJ 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
3072HDJ-SH 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3672HDJ-SH 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4272HDJ-SH 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
3072HDJ-WS 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3672HDJ-WS 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4272HDJ-WS 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blank shelf, 3 half width shelves and 1 half width coat rod
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2139
2335
2577
2429
2625
2867
2406
2602
2843
FP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-13
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
G R I D S T O R A G E C A B I N E T S
S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 7 3 . 5 H D J - S H
36 -cabinet width73.5 -interior heightHD -hinged doorsJ -glazed SH -shelf
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodies andaccessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted and FP002is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
3073.5HDJ 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 190 (86) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDJ 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 220 (100) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDJ 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 240 (109) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HDJ-SH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDJ-SH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDJ-SH 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HDJ-WS 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 200 (91) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDJ-WS 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 230 (104) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDJ-WS 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 43 (1.2)
Cabinet with hingeddoors, no interior accessories
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with hingeddoors, 1 full width blank shelf, 3 half width shelves and 1 half width coat rod
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2203
2406
2654
2493
2695
2944
2470
2672
2921
FP001
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
30-60-HD2F� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD2F� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD2F� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-60-HD2BF� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD2BF� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD2BF� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-60-HD3F� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD3F� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD3F� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-14
G R I D M U L T I - U N I T S
M u l t i - U n i t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 0 - H D 2 F W / F P 0 0 2
36 -cabinet width60 -interior heightHD -hinged door2 -number of drawersF -12" fileW -veneer/FP002 -Continuous pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded. Shelf dividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
*Note: All solid hinged doors specified with FP002 drawerswill have a FP000 touch latch.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted andFP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with top opening 36" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves and 2-12" fixed front drawers
Cabinet with top opening 36" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves, 2-6"fixed front and 1-12"fixed front drawer
Cabinet with top opening 24" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 3 openings12" fixed front drawers
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2064
2242
2432
2175
2336
2543
2157
2336
2526
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2892
3015
3200
3246
3390
3626
3328
3487
3708
VeneerFP001
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3030
3169
3384
3453
3621
3902
3535
3718
3984
VeneerFP002
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2199
2393
2615
2384
2567
2824
2366
2567
2806
MDFFP002
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
W -Veneer FP002
M -MDF FP002
Product No.
FP001 FP002
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3037
3166
3360
3408
3560
3807
3494
3661
3893
VeneerFP001
30-72-HD2F� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD2F� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD2F� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-72-HD2BF� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD2BF� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD2BF� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-72-HD3F� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD3F� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD3F� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-15
G R I D M U L T I - U N I T S
M u l t i - U n i t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 7 2 - H D 2 F W / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width72 -interior heightHD -hinged door2 -number of drawersF -12" fileW -veneer/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded. Shelf dividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted andFP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with top opening 48" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slottedshelves and 2-12" fixedfront drawers
Cabinet with top opening 48" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slottedshelves, 2-6" fixed frontand 1-12" fixed frontdrawer
Cabinet with top opening 36" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slottedshelves, other 3 open-ings 12" fixed frontdrawers
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2167
2354
2554
2284
2453
2670
2265
2453
2652
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Depth: 19"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
$
$
$
$
$
$
3098
3229
3427
3476
3631
3883
VeneerFP001
30-73.5-HD2F� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-73.5-HD2F� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-73.5-HD2F� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-73.5-HD2BF� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-73.5-HD2BF� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-73.5-HD2BF� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-16
G R I D M U L T I - U N I T S
M u l t i - U n i t s w i t h S o l i d C o r e D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 7 3 . 5 - H D 2 F W / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width73.5 -interior heightHD -hinged door2 -number of drawersF -12" fileW -veneer/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded. Shelf dividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is paintedand FP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminumfinish.
Cabinet with top opening 49 1⁄ 2" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves and 2-12" fixed front drawers
Cabinet with top opening 49 1⁄ 2" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves,2-6" fixed front and 1-12" fixed front drawer
$
$
$
$
$
$
2210
2401
2605
2330
2502
2723
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Depth: 19"
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
--
30-60-HD2FJ� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD2FJ� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD2FJ� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-60-HD2BFJ� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD2BFJ� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD2BFJ� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
30-60-HD3FJ� 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 195 (88) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD3FJ� 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 230 (104) 31 (.88)
42-60-HD3FJ� 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 260 (118) 36 (1.0)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-17
G R I D M U L T I - U N I T S
M u l t i - U n i t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 6 0 - H D 3 F J W / F P 0 0 2
36 -cabinet width60 -interior heightHD -hinged door3 -number of drawersF -12" fileJ -glazed doorW -veneer/FP002 -Continuous pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded. Shelf dividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock. Drawers come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is paintedand FP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
*Note: All glazed hinged doors specified with FP002 lateralsbelow will have FP001 Q- pull.
Cabinet with top opening 36" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves and 2-12" fixed front drawers
Cabinet with top opening 36" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves, 2-6"fixed front and 1-12"fixed front drawer
Cabinet with top opening 24" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 1 adjustable slottedshelf, other 3 openings12" fixed front drawers
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3155
3325
3465
3565
3745
3926
3429
3587
3715
VeneerFP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2667
2825
2973
2778
2930
3084
2518
2645
2773
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3313
3491
3638
3743
3932
4122
3600
3766
3901
VeneerFP001
30-72-HD2FJ� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD2FJ� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD2FJ� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-72-HD2BFJ� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD2BFJ� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD2BFJ� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-72-HD3FJ� 30 (762) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-72-HD3FJ� 36 (914) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-72-HD3FJ� 42 (1067) 74 7⁄8 (1902) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comAugust 2008G-18
G R I D M U L T I - U N I T S
M u l t i - U n i t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 7 2 - H D 3 F J W / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width72 -interior heightHD -hinged door3 -number of drawersF -12" fileJ -glazed doorW -veneer/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded. Shelf dividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock. Drawers come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is paintedand FP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Cabinet with top opening 48" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slottedshelves and 2-12" fixedfront drawers
Cabinet with top opening 48" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slottedshelves, 2-6" fixed frontand 1-12" fixed frontdrawer
Cabinet with top opening 36" hingeddoor cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slottedshelves, other 3 open-ings 12" fixed frontdrawers
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2800
2966
3122
2917
3077
3238
2644
2777
2912
Nuform Woodgrain
FP001
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
30-73.5-HD2FJ� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-73.5-HD2FJ� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-73.5-HD2FJ� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
30-73.5-HD2BFJ� 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 250 (113) 32 (.91)
36-73.5-HD2BFJ� 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 270 (122) 37 (1.0)
42-73.5-HD2BFJ� 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 291 (132) 43 (1.2)
$
$
$
$
$
$
3379
3561
3711
3818
4011
4204
VeneerFP001
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-19
G R I D M U L T I - U N I T S
M u l t i - U n i t s w i t h G l a z e d D o o r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 7 3 . 5 - H D 2 F J W / F P 0 0 1
36 -cabinet width73.5 -interior heightHD -hinged door2 -number of drawersF -12" fileJ -glazed doorW -veneer/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded. Shelf dividers are not included.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Glazed doors do not lock. Drawers come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bod-ies and accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 ispainted and FP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard alu-minum finish.
Cabinet with top opening 49 1⁄ 2" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves and 2-12" fixed front drawers
Cabinet with top opening 49 1⁄ 2" hinged door cupboard insertwith 2 adjustable slotted shelves,2-6" fixed front and 1-12" fixed front drawer
Depth: 19"
$
$
$
$
$
$
2856
3025
3184
2975
3139
3303
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
Product No.
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comG-20 August 2008
G R I D P E D E S T A L S
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appro-priate, Wood Profile pedestals meet all ANSI/BIFMAspecifications.
Construction
Pedestals are welded, “wrap-around” construction using20 gauge high quality, tension leveled, cold rolled steel.The steel gauges selected for drawer bodies and acces-sories ensure the highest quality durability and per-formance for all components.
MDF fronts are made from SCS certified formalde-hyde free MDF. The fronts are finished with a durablemicro textured UV cured powder coating. There is aslight colour variation between the MDF fronts and themetal cases due to the different substrates.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. “Wrap-around” construction with no visible verticalseams gives a clean appearance.
2. Completely enclosed case provides rigid construc-tion and dust-free interiors.
3. Pedestals have sound-absorbing materials forquieter operation — a particular asset in open planenvironments.
4. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
5. Box drawer side double-wall construction providesclean appearance and enclosed divider slots.
6. File (12") drawer bodies have full-height sides toaccommodate hanging file folders, eliminating theneed for optional file frames.
7. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions on alldrawers, including pencil and box drawers, arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
8. Staged suspensions allow the drawer to be com-pletely pulled out, providing access to the entiredrawer depth.
9. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in the suspension “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
10. Casters and glides are both recessed “inboard” fora uniform exterior appearance with no visiblehardware.
11. Modular interior allows for complete interchange-ability of drawer types within the pedestal case. Forexample, two 6" box drawers may be replaced byone 12" file drawer.
Drawer Pulls
Nuform fronts include a Q- pull. Veneer fronts are avail-able with 2 pull options. The standard veneer pull is thesame Q- pull that comes with the nuform front. A con-tinuous pull is also available on most veneer units.MDF lateral fronts are available with 2 pull options.The standard pull option is the continuous pull.A T - Series full pull option is also available at no addi-tional charge.
FP001 - Q- pullFP002 - Continuous pullFP006 - T - Series full pull
Counterweights
Counterweights are recommended for all freestandingunits and are standard with all mobile pedestals andmust be field installed.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Pedestals containing 6" drawers are provided with onepencil tray per pedestal and one steel divider per drawer.
12" drawers have one suspension bar for side-to-side filing of letter or legal folders.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the pedestal case. Bases maybe easily added or changed on site. Pedestals areshipped with bases installed when ordered.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides or casters.Heights may be increased up to 5⁄8" by extending stan-dard glide. Glides are accessible from inside thepedestal when the bottom drawer is fully extended orremoved and may be adjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 11⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the pedestal price. Requires fieldinstallation.
Locks
Pedestals come standard with lock. For lock location,see page 12.
Random keying is standard. Pedestals may beordered keyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removablecore and are standard with two keys, one of which has ablack neoprene plastic key cover.
Master keys are available at $35 list.
Tops
Refer to Accessories Section to specify matching tops.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-21
Weight Cube
Description Product No.D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
1518� -2F 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 7 (.20)
1522� -2F 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2F 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -2BF 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 7 (.20)
1522� -2BF 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -2BF 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
1518� -4B 19 (483) 26 7⁄8 (683) 85 (38) 7 (.20)
1522� -4B 23 (584) 26 7⁄8 (683) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1528� -4B 29 (737) 26 7⁄8 (683) 105 (47) 10 (.28)
G R I D P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
2-12" glides
2 box, 1-12"glides
4 boxglides
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
840
886
1012
972
989
1086
938
1005
1031
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1108
1149
1262
1303
1318
1405
1103
1182
1214
VeneerFP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
1214
1255
1368
1462
1477
1564
N/A
N/A
N/A
Veneer FP002
$
$
$
$
$
$
848
889
1002
1014
1030
1117
N/A
N/A
N/A
MDFFP002
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 1 8 W - 2 F / F P 0 0 2
15 -pedestal width18 -pedestal depthW -veneer2F -2 file drawers/FP002 -Continuous pull
General Information
Pedestals are standard with glides. Exterior pedestal heightsare nominal. Actual heights (with glides fully recessed) are1⁄8" less. Counterweights are recommended for all free-standing pedestals. Pedestals containing 6" drawers arestandard with one pencil tray per pedestal and one steeldivider per drawer. 12" drawers have one suspension bar forside-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted andFP002 and FP006 are both clear anodized. All are standard aluminum finish.
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
W -Veneer FP002
M -MDF FP002
M -MDF FP006
Product No.
FP001 FP002 FP006
$
$
$
$
$
$
848
889
1002
1014
1030
1117
N/A
N/A
N/A
MDFFP006
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comG-22 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
1522M-BFM 23 (578) 21 1⁄2 (546) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1522M-B7F10M 23 (578) 21 1⁄2 (546) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1522M-BFMCNH 23 (578) 22 3⁄4 (578) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1522M-B7F10MCNH 23 (578) 22 3⁄4 (578) 95 (43) 8 (.22)
1-6" box, 1-12" file drawer, mobile counterweights areincluded.Cannot be ordered
without a lock.
1-7 1⁄2" box, 1-101⁄2" file drawer, mobile counterweights areincluded.Cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Cushion pedestal.1-6" box, 1-12" filedrawer, mobile, withouthandle, counterweightsare included.Cannot be ordered
without a lock.
Cushion pedestal.1-7 1⁄2" box, 1-101⁄2" filedrawer, mobile, withouthandle, counterweightsare included.Cannot be ordered
without a lock.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
VeneerFP001
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
VeneerFP002
$
$
$
$
999
999
1327
1333
MDFFP002
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 M - B F M C N H
15 -pedestal width 22 -pedestal depthM -MDF frontB -box drawerF -file drawer M -mobileC -cushionNH -no handle
$
$
$
$
999
999
1327
1333
MDFFP006
Upcharge:
Gr. 2 Add $ 9 list Gr. 3 Add $ 24 listGr. 4 Add $ 40 listGr. 5 Add $ 95 listGr. 6(Leather) Add $204 list
G R I D P E D E S T A L S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
Cushion Fabric Applications
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
General Information
Pedestal depths are nominal. Cushion Mobile pedestalsare topped with a 1 1⁄4" thick Cal. 117 fire-retardantpolyurethane foam with a 2.2 lb/ft. density. This upholsteredcushion is balanced with a 7/16” board and is attached tothe pedestal top with Velcro.
For application of ALL fabrics, both from our graded programas well as COM (customers own material), please specifylayup orientation at time of order. If layup instructions arenot provided we will choose the direction to maximize ourproduction. Refer to diagram for layup options.
COM (Customer's Own Material)
Contact Inscape Client Services for yardage calculations. AllCOM fabric must be classified as upholstery fabric and havea minimum weight of 9.5oz to receive application approval.Consult your fabric supplier to confirm fabric weight.
wd
dw
Fabric bolt
Pedestal
Cushion
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights and acces-sories.
Standard indicates the depthdimension runs up the roll.
Railroaded indicates the widthdimension runs up the roll.
FP001 FP002 FP006
G R I D T O W E R S
Construction
Cabinets are of all-welded construction using highquality, tension leveled cold rolled steel. The steelgauges selected for drawer fronts, bodies and acces-sories ensure the highest quality durability and per-formance for all components.
MDF fronts are made from SCS certified formalde-hyde free MDF. The fronts are finished with a durablemicro textured UV cured powder coating. There is aslight colour variation between the MDF fronts and themetal cases due to the different substrates.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with newaccessories and interiors as required.
2. Corners are strengthened with a reinforcing gussetand are welded at junction of top and case fronts,eliminating horizontal lines for a cleaner, flushappearance on the face of the cabinet.
3. Absence of scissor mechanism in doors anddrawers eliminates the potential for scissorsbinding and facilitates reconfiguration of cabinetopenings as needed.
4. Units have sound-absorbing materials for quieteroperation — a particular asset in open planenvironments.
5. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
6. Box drawer side double-wall construction providesclean appearance and enclosed divider slots.
7. File drawer bodies have full-height sides toaccommodate hanging file folders, eliminating theneed for optional file frames.
8. Front leading edge of fixed shelf is flat for easyremoval of material.
9. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
10. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
11. Lock fingers are configured with right angle bendupward, not downward, so that lift-up doors can-not be pulled down to disengage fingers from doorslots and be forced to circumvent lock system.
12. Shorter hinged door unit is equipped with oneadjustable shelf, slotted on 1" centers fordividers.
13. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cup-board hinges provide smooth hinged dooroperation. Hinges are not visible from the exteriorof the cabinet.
14. All Towers and Lockers, with the exception of the26 7⁄8" high locker, have ventilation holes in thetop of the cabinet to enhance air circulation within the full-height door and the shorter hinged doorsections.
Drawer Pulls
Nuform fronts include a Q- pull. Veneer fronts are avail-able with 2 pull options. The standard veneer pull is thesame Q- pull that comes with the nuform front. A con-tinuous pull is also available on most veneer units. MDFfronts come standard with a continuous pull.
FP001 - Q- pullFP002 - Continuous pull
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism is standard on the42" wide Locker and on Towers and Lockers that havemore than one file (10 1⁄2" and 12") drawer. It providescomplete security against accidental opening of two ormore drawers simultaneously. When any drawer isextended, even fractionally, Safelock ensures that allother openings immediately become inoperable.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Lockers and Towers containing 3" or 6" drawers areprovided with one pencil tray per cabinet. 6" drawersare additionally standard with one steel divider. 10 1⁄2",12" and 15" letter-width file drawers have one suspen-sion bar for side-to-side filing of letter or legal-sizefolders. Full-width pullout drawers are standard withone pair hangfile bars for side-to-side suspended fil-ing. Full-width fixed shelves are standard with 3 platedividers. Optional accessories are available.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heightsmay be increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standardglide. Glides are accessible from inside the cabinetwhen the bottom drawer is fully extended or removedand may be adjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specifyand add $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires fieldinstallation.
Locks
Towers come standard with lock. For lock location, seepage 12.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which has a blackneoprene plastic key cover.
Master keys are available at $35 list.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
August 2008 G-23
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
TR2460� -3F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TR3060� -3F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74) right-handed hingeddoor
TL2460� -3F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TL3060� -3F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left-handed hingeddoor (illustrated)
TR2460� -2B2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TR3060� -2B2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right-handed hingeddoor
TL2460� -2B2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TL3060� -2B2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left-handed hingeddoor (illustrated)
TR2460� -2F10F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TR3060� -2F10F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right-handed hingeddoor
TL2460� -2F10F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TL3060� -2F10F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left-handed hingeddoor (illustrated)
G R I D T O W E R S
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 6 0 W - 3 F / F P 0 0 1
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -tower width60 -interior heightW -veneer3F -3 file drawers/FP001 -Q-pull
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has one non-slotted shelf, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hinged doorsare standard with self closing European style hinges andopen 110°. Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actualheights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock.
*Note: All solid hinged doors specified with FP002 drawerswill have a FP000 touch latch.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted andFP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Tower, full length door,24" hinged door insertand 3-12" file drawers13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door,24" hinged door insert,2-6" box and 2-12" filedrawers 13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door,
27" hinged door insert,
2-10 1⁄2" and 1-12" file
drawer 13 5⁄8" wide
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2684
3220
2684
3220
2744
3293
2744
3293
2226
3220
2226
3220
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3157
3791
3157
3791
3228
3875
3228
3875
3062
3791
3062
3791
VeneerFP001
$
$
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
3221
N/A
3221
N/A
Veneer FP002
$
$
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2380
N/A
2380
N/A
MDFFP002
Depth: 24"
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: Not avaliable in MDF Front or Continuouspull (FP002).
NOTE: 30”W notavaliable in MDF Front orContinuous pull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
W -Veneer FP002
M -MDF FP002
Product No.
FP001 FP002
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
August 2008 Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comG-24
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
TR2460� -2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TR3060� -2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right-handed hinged door
TL2460� -2F 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TL3060� -2F 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left-handed hinged door (illustrated)
TR2460� -2BF 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TR3060� -2BF 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)right-handed hinged door
TL2460� -2BF 24 (610) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)
TL3060� -2BF 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 185 (84) 26 (.74)left-handed hingeddoor (illustrated)
G R I D T O W E R S
2 4 " & 3 0 " w i d e , 2 4 " d e e p
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify case finish3. Specify front finish4. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
T R 2 4 6 0 W - 2 F / F P 0 0 2
T -workplace towerR -right-handed door24 -tower width60 -interior heightW -veneer2F -2 file drawers/FP002 -Continuous pull
General Information
Units containing pencil and/or box drawers include one pen-cil tray per unit. Each box drawer contains one steel divider.10 1⁄2" and 12" drawers have one sliding rail for side-to-sidefiling of letter size folders or printout binders. Full lengthdoor contains one coat rod. Hinged door insert has two non-slotted shelves, adjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Hingeddoors are standard with self closing European style hingesand open 110°. Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actualheights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.
Lock Option
Workplace towers come standard with lock.
*Note: All solid hinged doors specified with FP002 drawerswill have a FP000 touch latch.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for finish options for case, NuformWoodgrain fronts, veneer fronts and MDF fronts. Drawer bodiesand accessories are finished in Eco Black. FP001 is painted andFP002 is clear anodized. Both are standard aluminum finish.
Tower, full length door,36" hinged door insertand 2-12" file drawers13 5⁄8" wide
Tower, full length door,36" hinged door insert ,2-6" box and 1-12" filedrawer 13 5⁄8" wide
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2072
3100
2072
3100
2156
3172
2156
3172
NuformWoodgrain
FP001
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2764
3648
2764
3648
2928
3732
2928
3732
VeneerFP001
Depth: 24"
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2870
N/A
2870
N/A
3087
N/A
3087
N/A
VeneerFP002
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2167
N/A
2167
N/A
2304
N/A
2304
N/A
MDFFP002
NOTE: 30”W notavaliable in MDF Front orContinuous pull (FP002).
NOTE: 30”W notavaliable in MDF Front orContinuous pull (FP002).
Images shown with woodgrain fronts and Q-pull
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
Q -Nuform Woodgrain FP001
W -Veneer FP001
W -Veneer FP002
M -MDF FP002
Product No.
FP001 FP002
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 G-25
HC
usto
m P
rofile
C U S T O M P R O F I L E
Specify Custom Profile laterals, hinged door cabinets or
pedestals without fronts and design your own using a
variety of materials. The design ideas are limitless. For
fabrication details, refer to the shop drawings at the end
of this chapter.
General Specifications
The Custom Profile lateral file and hinged door cabinet isavailable in 42 heights, in 1 1⁄2" increments, and widthsof 30", 36" and 42". Lateral files accommodate letter,legal, metric and all types of computer-related media.Pullout drawers are available in 6 sizes: 3", 6", 10 1⁄2",12", 13 1⁄2" and 15".
The Custom Profile pedestal is available for desk andkeyboard typing height applications and is standard witheither glides or casters. Pedestals are offered in letter(15") width only. Drawers are available in 3", 6" and 12"heights.
Custom Profile Lateral
Cabinet with 1 blank shelf and
side-to-side coat rod
Multi-Unit
Pedestal
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-2 August 2008
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
Specify Custom Profile lateral or hinged door cabinets
without fronts and design your own using a variety of
materials. The design ideas are limitless. For fabrica-
tion details, refer to the shop drawings at the end of
this chapter.
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appropriate,Custom Profile lateral files meet all ANSI/BIFMAspecifications.
Construction
Lateral files and hinged door cabinets are of all-weldedconstruction using 20 and 22 gauge high quality, tensionleveled, cold rolled steel. The steel gauges selected fordrawer fronts, bodies and accessories ensure the highestquality durability and performance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. All interiors are modular and interchangeable sothat cabinets can be retrofitted with newaccessories and interiors.
2. Corners are strengthened with a reinforcing gussetand are welded at junction of top and case,eliminating horizontal lines for a cleaner, flushappearance on the face of the cabinet.
3. Absence of scissor mechanism in drawerseliminates the potential for scissors binding andfacilitates reconfiguration of cabinet openingsas needed.
4. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
5. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in suspen-sions “grips” the fixed section of the suspension armpreventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
6. Lock bars operate vertically on both sides of thecabinet for maximum security.
7. Lock fingers are configured with right angle bendupward, not downward, so that lift-up doors cannotbe pulled down to disengage fingers from door slotsand be forced to circumvent lock system.
8. Self-closing, 110° opening, European style cup-board hinges provide smooth hinged door opera-tion. Hinges are not visible from the exterior of thecabinet.
Safelock™
The patented Safelock mechanism provides completesecurity against accidental opening of two or more draw-ers simultaneously. When any drawer or shelf is extend-ed, even fractionally, Safelock ensures that all otheropenings, except for the 3" drawer, immediately becomeinoperable. Safelock is standard on all lateral files.
Counterweights
Optional counterweights are recommended for all free-standing lateral file cabinets.
Drawer Standard Equipment
Pullout drawers are standard with one pair hangfile barsfor side-to-side suspended filing. Optional accessoriesare available.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the cabinet. Bases may beeasily added or changed on site. Cabinets are shippedwith bases installed with ordered.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides. Heights maybe increased up to 5⁄8" by extending standard glide.Standard glides may be used with or without baseaprons. Glides are accessible from inside the cabinetwhen the bottom drawer is fully extended or removedand may be adjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 1 1⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the cabinet price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 listper lock. For lock location, see page 10. Extended lockbarrels are standard. For flush, non-facia type locks,specify separately.
Random keying is standard. Files may be orderedkeyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removable core andare standard with two keys, one of which features ablack neoprene plastic cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may be fieldinstalled with the addition of locking bars and a lock core.Please contact Inscape Client Services for required parts.Locks may not be field installed in hinged door cabinets.Specify lateral file height and width or model number.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a
F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 2 4 - 2 B F C
36 -cabinet width24 -interior height2 -number of drawersB -6" box drawerF -12" file drawerC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
These cabinets are complete assembled units with-outdrawer or door fronts. Prices do not include fronts. See pageH-15 for information about the fabrication and installationof custom fronts. Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actualheights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all free-standing later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening and 3 plate dividers ineach fixed shelf opening, 1 EDP kit in each 15" opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required add suffix'/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extended lock barrelsare standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-2FFC 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 72 (32.6) 12 (.34)
36-2FFC 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 14 (.40)
42-2FFC 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 108 (49) 16 (.45)
30-24-2BFC 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 72 (32.6) 12 (.34)
36-24-2BFC 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 14 (.40)
42-24-2BFC 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 108 (49) 16 (.45)
30-30-2EDPC 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 76 (34.4) 14 (.40)
36-30-2EDPC 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 94 (42.6) 17 (.48)
42-30-2EDPC 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 112 (51) 20 (.57)
30-3FFC 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 100 (45) 17 (.48)
36-3FFC 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 117 (53) 20 (.56)
42-3FFC 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 134 (61) 23 (.65)
30-36-2B2FC 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 100 (45) 17 (.48)
36-36-2B2FC 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 117 (53) 20 (.56)
42-36-2B2FC 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 134 (61) 23 (.65)
30-45-3EDPC 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 104 (47) 21 (.59)
36-45-3EDPC 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 121 (55) 24 (.68)
42-45-3EDPC 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 138 (63) 28 (.80)
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
768
839
921
862
949
1043
942
1002
1108
1024
1126
1262
1118
1236
1384
1227
1387
1557
Cabinet with 2-12"drawers, no frontsCounterweight is recommended.
Cabinet with top 2 openings 6" drawers,bottom opening 12" drawer, no frontsCounterweight is recommended.
Cabinet with 2-15"drawers, no frontsCounterweight is recommended.
Cabinet with 3-12"drawers, no fronts
Cabinet with top 2 openings 6" drawers,bottom 2 openings 12" drawers, no fronts
Cabinet with 3-15"drawers,no fronts
August 2008 H-3
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-4 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
L e t t e r / L e g a l S i z e M e d i a
F i x e d F r o n t P u l l o u t D r a w e r s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 F F C
36 -cabinet width5 -number of drawersFF - file drawerC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
These cabinets are complete assembled units with-outdrawer or door fronts. Prices do not include fronts. See pageH-15 for information about the fabrication and installationof custom fronts. Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actualheights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all free-standing later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening and 3 plate dividers ineach fixed shelf opening, 1 EDP kit in each 15" opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required add suffix'/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extended lock barrelsare standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-4FFC 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 130 (59) 22 (.62)
36-4FFC 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 146 (66) 26 (.74)
42-4FFC 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 162 (73) 30 (.85)
30-60-4EDPC 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 134 (60) 26 (.74)
36-60-4EDPC 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 150 (68) 32 (.91)
42-60-4EDPC 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 166 (75) 36 (1.0)
30-5FFC 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 134 (60) 26 (.74)
36-5FFC 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 150 (68) 32 (.91)
42-5FFC 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 166 (75) 36 (1.0)
Cabinet with 4-12"drawers, no fronts
Cabinet with 4-15"drawers, no fronts
Cabinet with 5-12"drawers, no fronts
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1246
1450
1647
1519
1680
1882
1477
1689
1919
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
M u l t i - M e d i a : C a t a l o g s a n d O t h e r S t o r a g e
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 F F C
36 -cabinet width5 -number of drawersFF -file drawerEDP -Accodata type suspension filingC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
These cabinets are complete assembled units with-outdrawer or door fronts. Prices do not include fronts. See pageH-15 for information about the fabrication and installationof custom fronts. Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actualheights (with glides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less.Counterweights are recommended for all free-standing later-al file cabinets. Cabinets are priced inclusive of 1 pair ofhangfile bars in each pullout opening and 3 plate dividers ineach fixed shelf opening, 1 EDP kit in each 15" opening.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required add suffix'/NL' after product number. Deduct $102 list. Extended lock barrelsare standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
30-48-HD2FC 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 58 (26) 22 (.62)
36-48-HD2FC 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 70 (32) 26 (.74)
42-48-HD2FC 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 82 (37) 30 (.85)
30-48-HD2BFC 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 61 (27.6) 22 (.62)
36-48-HD2BFC 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 73 (33) 26 (.74)
42-48-HD2BFC 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 85 (39) 30 (.85)
30-60-HD3FC 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 71 (32) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD3FC 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 91 (41) 32 (.91)
42-60-HD3FC 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 101 (46) 36 (1.0)
30-60-HD2B2FC 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 74 (34) 26 (.74)
36-60-HD2B2FC 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 94 (43) 32 (.91)
42-60-HD2B2FC 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 104 (47) 36 (1.0)
Cabinet with top opening 24" cupboardinsert, other 2 openings12" drawers no doors or fronts
Cabinet with top opening 24" cupboardinsert, next 2 openings6" drawers, bottomopening 12" drawer,no doors or fronts
Cabinet with top opening 24" cupboardinsert, other 3 openings 12" drawers,no doors or fronts
Cabinet with top opening 24" cupboardinsert, next 2 openings6" drawers, bottom 2openings 12" drawers,no doors or fronts
August 2008 H-5
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1239
1418
1595
1334
1528
1717
1470
1657
1867
1565
1767
1989
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-6 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
O v e r f i l e a n d S t o r a g e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 H D C - S H
36 -cabinet width24 -interior heightHD -hinged doorSH -shelfC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extendedlock barrels are standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
3024HDC 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 38 (17.2) 12 (.34)
3624HDC 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 46 (20.8) 14 (.40)
4224HDC 42 (1067) 26 7⁄8 (683) 54 (24) 16 (.45)
3024HDC-SH 30 (762) 26 7⁄8 (683) 48 (22) 12 (.34)
3624HDC-SH 36 (914) 26 7⁄8 (683) 57 (26) 14 (.40)
4224HDC-SH 42 (1067 26 7⁄8 (683) 66 (30) 16 (.45)
3030HDC 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 43 (19.5) 14 (.40)
3630HDC 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 52 (23.5) 17 (.48)
4230HDC 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 61 (28) 20 (.57)
3030HDC-SH 30 (762) 32 7⁄8 (835) 53 (24) 14 (.40)
3630HDC-SH 36 (914) 32 7⁄8 (835) 63 (28.5) 17 (.48)
4230HDC-SH 42 (1067) 32 7⁄8 (835) 73 (33) 20 (.57)
3036HDC 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 48 (22) 17 (.48)
3636HDC 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 58 (26.3) 20 (.56)
4236HDC 42 (1067) 38 7⁄8 (987) 68 (31) 23 (.65)
3036HDC-SH 30 (762) 38 7⁄8 (987) 68 (30.8) 17 (.48)
3636HDC-SH 36 (914) 38 7⁄8 (987) 80 (36) 20 (.56)
4236HDC-SH 42 (1067 38 7⁄8 (987) 92 (42) 23 (.65)
3045HDC 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 56 (25.4) 21 (.59)
3645HDC 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 68 (30.8) 24 (.68)
4245HDC 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 80 (36) 28 (.80)
3045HDC-SH 30 (762) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 86 (39) 21 (.59)
3645HDC-SH 36 (914) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 99 (44.9) 24 (.68)
4245HDC-SH 42 (1067) 47 7⁄8 (1216) 112 (51) 28 (.80)
Cabinet with no interior accessories,no doors
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with nointerior accessories,no doors
As above but with 1 slotted shelf
Cabinet with no interior accessories,no doors
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with no interior accessories,no doors
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
518
541
573
590
613
646
570
594
655
643
667
728
581
617
678
726
762
823
674
776
877
819
921
1022
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 H D C - S H
36 -cabinet width24 -interior heightHD -hinged doorSH -shelfC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extendedlock barrels are standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
3048HDC 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 58 (26.3) 22 (.62)
3648HDC 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 70 (31.7) 26 (.74)
4248HDC 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 82 (37) 30 (.85)
3048HDC-SH 30 (762) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 88 (39.9) 22 (.62)
3648HDC-SH 36 (914) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 103 (46.7) 26 (.74)
4248HDC-SH 42 (1067) 50 7⁄8 (1292) 118 (54) 30 (.85)
3049.5HDC 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 59 (26.7) 22 (.62)
3649.5HDC 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 71 (32.2) 26 (.74)
4249.5HDC 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 83 (37.6) 30 (.85)
3049.5HDC-SH 30 (762) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 89 (40.4) 22 (.62)
3649.5HDC-SH 36 (914) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 104 (47) 26 (.74)
4249.5HDC-SH 42 (1067) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 119 (54) 30 (.85)
Cabinet with nointerior accessories,no doors
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
Cabinet with nointerior accessories,no doors
As above but with 2 slotted shelves
August 2008 H-7
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
676
778
879
821
923
1024
688
779
880
833
924
1025
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 H D C - S H
36 -cabinet width24 -interior heightHD -hinged doorSH -shelfC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extendedlock barrels are standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
3060HDC 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 68 (30.8) 26 (.74)
3660HDC 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 82 (37) 31 (.88)
4260HDC 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 96 (44) 36 (1.0)
3060HDC-SH 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 98 (44) 26 (.74)
3660HDC-SH 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 115 (52) 31 (.88)
4260HDC-SH 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 132 (60) 36 (1.0)
3060HDC-W 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 78 (35.3) 26 (.74)
3660HDC-W 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 95 (43) 31 (.88)
4260HDC-W 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 112 (51) 36 (1.0)
3060HDC-WS 30 (762) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 88 (40) 26 (.74)
3660HDC-WS 36 (914) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 105 (47) 31 (.88)
4260HDC-WS 42 (1067) 62 7⁄8 (1597) 122 (55) 36 (1.0)
Cabinet with no interior accessories,no doors
As above but with 3 slotted shelves
Cabinet with 1 blankshelf and side-to-sidecoat rod,no doors
Cabinet with 1 full width blank shelf,3 half width shelves and 1 half width coatrod,no doors
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-8 August 2008
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
662
756
864
879
973
1082
760
855
963
928
1023
1131
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
C U S T O M P R O F I L E L A T E R A L S
S t o r a g e a n d W a r d r o b e C a b i n e t s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 2 4 H D C - S H
36 -cabinet width24 -interior heightHD -hinged doorSH -shelfC -Custom Profile Series
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Hinged doors are stan-dard with self-closing European style hinges that open110°. Shelves are slotted every 1 1⁄2" and are heightadjustable in 1 1⁄2" increments. Shelf dividers are notincluded.
Accessories
See Lateral File Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Cabinets come standard with lock. If lock is not required addsuffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extendedlock barrels are standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
August 2008 H-9
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
3073.5HDC 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 81 (36.7) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDC 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 92 (41.7) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDC 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 104 (47) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HDC-SH 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 121 (55) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDC-SH 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 136 (62) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDC-SH 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 152 (69) 43 (1.2)
3073.5HDC-W 30 (762) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 91 (41) 32 (.91)
3673.5HDC-W 36 (914) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 105 (47.6) 37 (1.0)
4273.5HDC-W 42 (1067) 76 3⁄8 (1940) 120 (54) 43 (1.2)
Cabinet with no interior accessories,no doors
As above but with 4 slotted shelves
Cabinet with 1 blankshelf and side-to-sidecoat rod,no doors
Depth: 18"
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
802
924
1037
1092
1214
1327
901
1023
1136
Dwg. Interior Exterior
No. Clear Height Height
in. (mm) in. (mm)
1. 15" (381) 17 7⁄8" (454)
2. 16 1⁄2" (419) 19 3⁄8" (492)
3. 18" (457) 20 7⁄8" (530)
4. 19 1⁄2" (495) 22 3⁄8" (568)
5. 21" (533) 23 7⁄8" (606)
6. 22 1⁄2" (572) 25 3⁄8" (645)
7. 24" (610) 26 7⁄8" (683)
8. 25 1⁄2" (648) 28 3⁄8" (721)
9. 27" (686) 29 7⁄8" (759)
10. 28 1⁄2" (724) 31 3⁄8" (797)
11. 30" (762) 32 7⁄8" (835)
12. 31 1⁄2" (800) 34 3⁄8" (873)
13. 33" (838) 35 7⁄8" (911)
14. 34 1⁄2" (876) 37 3⁄8" (949)
15. 36" (914) 38 7⁄8" (987)
16. 37 1⁄2" (953) 40 3⁄8" (1026)
17. 39" (991) 41 7⁄8" (1064)
18. 40 1⁄2" (1029) 43 3⁄8" (1102)
19. 42" (1067) 44 7⁄8" (1140)
20. 43 1⁄2" (1105) 46 3⁄8" (1178)
21. 45" (1143) 47 7⁄8" (1216)
22. 46 1⁄2" (1181) 49 3⁄8" (1254)
23. 48" (1219) 50 7⁄8" (1292)
24. 49 1⁄2" (1257) 52 3⁄8" (1330)
25. 51" (1295) 53 7⁄8" (1368)
26. 52 1⁄2" (1334) 55 3⁄8" (1407)
27. 54" (1372) 56 7⁄8" (1445)
28. 55 1⁄2" (1410) 58 3⁄8" (1483)
29. 57" (1448) 59 7⁄8" (1521)
30. 58 1⁄2" (1486) 61 3⁄8" (1559)
31. 60" (1524) 62 7⁄8" (1597)
32. 61 1⁄2" (1562) 64 3⁄8" (1635)
33. 63" (1600) 65 7⁄8" (1673)
34. 64 1⁄2" (1638) 67 3⁄8" (1711)
35. 66" (1676) 68 7⁄8" (1749)
36. 67 1⁄2" (1715) 70 3⁄8" (1788)
37. 69" (1753) 71 7⁄8" (1826)
38. 70 1⁄2" (1791) 73 3⁄8" (1864)
39. 72" (1829) 74 7⁄8" (1902)
40. 73 1⁄2" (1867) 76 3⁄8" (1940)
41. 75" (1905) 77 7⁄8" (1978)
42. 76 1⁄2" (1943) 79 3⁄8" (2016)
Note: Exterior cabinet heights shown above are nominal.Actual heights, with glides fully recessed, are 1⁄8" less.Cabinets are 18" deep.
Cabinets 64 3⁄8" and over include a hidden tie bar intheir construction.
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet product number.2. Specify cabinet interiors from TOP to BOTTOM.3. Specify accessories, see Accessories section.4. Specify finish color.5. If lock is not required add suffix '/NL' after product
number. Deduct $51 list.
Product Code Key Example
3 0 - 1 5 C
30 -cabinet width15 -cabinet interior clear height C -Custom Profile
C U S T O M P R O F I L E B A S I C C A B I N E T S
B a s i c L a t e r a l C a b i n e t s
1. 2. 3. 4.
9. 10. 11. 12.
17. 18. 19. 20.
25. 26. 27. 28.
34. 35. 36. 37.
30-15C $
36-15C $
42-15C $
30-16.5C $
36-16.5C $
42-16.5C $
30-18C $
36-18C $
42-18C $
30-19.5C $
36-19.5C $
42-19.5C $
30-27C $
36-27C $
42-27C $
30-28.5C $
36-28.5C $
42-28.5C $
30-30C $
36-30C $
42-30C $
30-31.5C $
36-31.5C $
42-31.5C $
30-39C $
36-39C $
42-39C $
30-40.5C $
36-40.5C $
42-40.5C $
30-42C $
36-42C $
42-42C $
30-43.5C $
36-43.5C $
42-43.5C $
30-51C $
36-51C $
42-51C $
30-52.5C $
36-52.5C $
42-52.5C $
30-54C $
36-54C $
42-54C $
30-55.5C $
36-55.5C $
42-55.5C $
30-64.5C $
36-64.5C $
42-64.5C $
30-66C $
36-66C $
42-66C $
30-67.5C $
36-67.5C $
42-67.5C $
30-69C $
36-69C $
42-69C $
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-10 August 2008
361
398
426
425
437
484
460
512
588
497
593
697
540
652
760
374
403
428
437
452
506
463
532
614
498
596
705
557
674
780
377
404
432
469
551
639
438
468
528
505
601
708
578
693
801
378
405
437
439
470
529
470
571
666
506
606
715
592
715
823
General Information
Cases in this section are basic empty units withoutdoors, drawers or accessories. Specify cabinet compo-nents and accessories on the following pages ensuringthe total height of the selected components equals thetotal interior clear height of the case. Cabinets are avail-able in 42 case heights and 3 widths. Interior compo-nents are available in 3", 6", 10 1⁄2", 12", 13 1⁄2", 15"and 24" sizes. (Note: 3" drawers specified in a bottomopening, above a 1 1⁄2" filler or above a reference shelfcannot be locked.) 5⁄8" glides are standard and can beused with our without base aprons. Counterweights arerecommended. For weights and cubes refer to page 12.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bod-ies and accessories are finished in black.
C U S T O M P R O F I L E B A S I C C A B I N E T S
B a s i c L a t e r a l C a b i n e t s
5. 6. 7. 8.
13. 14. 15. 16.
21. 22. 23. 24.
29. 30. 31. 32.
38. 39. 40.
33.
42.41.
30-21C $
36-21C $
42-21C $
30-22.5C $
36-22.5C $
42-22.5C $
30-24C $
36-24C $
42-24C $
30-25.5C $
36-25.5C $
42-25.5C $
30-33C $
36-33C $
42-33C $
30-34.5C $
36-34.5C $
42-34.5C $
30-36C $
36-36C $
42-36C $
30-37.5C $
36-37.5C $
42-37.5C $
30-45C $
36-45C $
42-45C $
30-46.5C $
36-46.5C $
42-46.5C $
30-48C $
36-48C $
42-48C $
30-49.5C $
36-49.5C $
42-49.5C $
30-57C $
36-57C $
42-57C $
30-58.5C $
36-58.5C $
42-58.5C $
30-60C $
36-60C $
42-60C $
30-61.5C $
36-61.5C $
42-61.5C $
30-70.5C $
36-70.5C $
42-70.5C $
30-72C $
36-72C $
42-72C $
30-73.5C $
36-73.5C $
42-73.5C $
30-75C $
36-75C $
42-75C $
30-63C $
36-63C $
42-63C $
30-76.5C $
36-76.5C $
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 H-11
379
406
439
440
473
534
471
587
688
508
611
720
612
737
847
380
407
440
442
478
544
473
588
689
509
612
721
635
758
866
381
408
442
444
480
544
474
589
690
511
613
722
652
781
896
418
421
459
453
496
568
484
590
691
512
614
723
680
806
919
526
634
740
706
831
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-12 August 2008
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (m)
C U S T O M P R O F I L E C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (see page H-10), followedby drawer and shelf interiors withtheir accessories (see Accessoriessection) in order from TOP toBOTTOM, indicating which interioris in the top position. Interiors maybe specified in almost any combi-nation to make up the TOTALINTERIOR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
6 F F C - 3 6
6 -opening sizeFF -drawer, no frontFF/PL -drawer w/plastic laminate shelf, no frontC -The Custom Profile Series
General Information
Drawer and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories.
Options
Refer to Accessories section.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
3FFC-30 30 (762) 3 (76) 6 (2.7)
3FFC-36 36 (914) 3 (76) 8 (3.6)
3FFC-42 42 (1067) 3 (76) 10 (5)
3FFC/PL-30 30 (762) 3 (76) 21 (9.5)
3FFC/PL-36 36 (914) 3 (76) 28(12.7)
3FFC/PL-42 42 (1067) 3 (76) 35 (16)
6FFC-30 30 (762) 6 (152) 7 (3.2)
6FFC-36 36 (914) 6 (152) 9 (4)
6FFC-42 42 (1067) 6 (152) 11 (5)
10.5FFC-30 30 (762) 10 1⁄2 (267) 10 (4.5)
10.5FFC-36 36 (914) 10 1⁄2 (267) 13 (5.8)
10.5FFC-42 42 (1067 10 1⁄2 (267) 16 (7)
12FFC-30 30 (762) 12 (305) 11 (4.9)
12FFC-36 36 (914) 12 (305) 14 (6.3)
12FFC-42 42 (1067 12 (305) 17 (8)
13.5FFC-30 30 (762) 13 1⁄2 (343) 11.5 (5.2)
13.5FFC-36 36 (914) 13 1⁄2 (343) 14.5 (6.5)
13.5FFC-42 42 (1067) 13 1⁄2 (343) 17.5 (8)
15FFC-30 30 (762) 15 (381) 12 (5.4)
15FFC-36 36 (914) 15 (381) 15 (6.8)
15FFC-42 42 (1067) 15 (381) 18 (8)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
132
137
144
274
285
316
144
163
181
163
185
209
163
185
209
195
210
233
195
210
233
3" Opening Interiors
3" drawer no front
3" drawer with laminateshelf no front
6" Opening Interiors
6" drawer no front
10 1⁄2" Opening
Interiors
10 1⁄2" drawer no front to accommodate suspended filing Note: Not to be used for bottom filing.(drawer will not acceptdividers)
12" Opening Interiors
12" drawer no front
13 1⁄2" Opening
Interiors
13 1⁄2" drawer no front
15" Opening Interiors
15" drawer no front
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (m)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
C U S T O M P R O F I L E C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
D r a w e r a n d S h e l f I n t e r i o r s
How To Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber (see page H-10), followedby drawer and shelf interiors withtheir accessories (see Accessoriessection) in order from TOP toBOTTOM, indicating which interioris in the top position. Interiors maybe specified in almost any combi-nation to make up the TOTALINTERIOR HEIGHT.
2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
6 F F C - 3 6
6 -opening sizeFF -drawer, no frontFF/PL -drawer w/plastic laminate shelf, no frontC -The Custom Profile Series
General Information
Drawer and shelf interiors on these pages do not includeaccessories.
Options
Refer to Accessories section.
Lock Option
Hinged door inserts come standard with lock. If lock is not requiredadd suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Accessories drawer bod-ies and shelves are finished in black.
24HDC/SH-30 30 (762) 24 (610) 20 (9.0)
24HDC/SH-36 36 (914) 24 (610) 25(11.3)
24HDC/SH-42 42 (1067 24 (610) 30 (14)
27HDC/SH-30 30 (762) 27 (686) 22 (9.9)
27HDC/SH-36 36 (914) 27 (686) 27(12.2)
27HDC/SH-42 42 (1067) 27 (686) 32 (15)
25.5SS-36 36 (914) 25 1⁄2 (648) 55(24.9)
51SS-36 36 (914) 51 (1308) 110(50.0)
T12SS-BL 10 (254) 14 (356) 25(11.3)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
379
398
426
379
398
426
383
627
196
24" and 27"
Opening Interiors
24" and 27" opening forhinged doors, 1 adjustableslotted shelf. Bottom shelfis standard with slots.Must be specified in top
opening.
25 1⁄2" Opening Interior
25 1⁄2" SuperStor™ insert contains 3 verticalcompartments each with 22 slots at 1" increments. May be installed in cabinets with36" or more interior.SuperStor™ insert must be
specified in the top opening.
Order trays separately.
51" SuperStor™ insert contains 3 vertical compartments each with 48 slots at 1" increments. May be installed in cabinets with 58 1⁄2" or more interior. SuperStor™ inserts
must be specified in the top
opening.
Order trays separately.
SuperStor™ traysPack of 12 trays
August 2008 H-13
C U S T O M P R O F I L E S H O P D R A W I N G S
D r a w e r F r o n t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r L a t e r a l s
The following pages contain technical data that enablethe specifier to communicate critical measurements andother details to local fabricators. This will ensure thatcustom-fabricated fronts can easily be installed. Pleasecontact Office Specialty Customer Service if additionalinformation is required.
Note to millwork installers: if a standard extendedlock is ordered, it will be shipped with a barrel aroundthe lock cylinder. This should be discarded and thecylinder only fitted through the facia. Facia must be 3⁄4"thick for use with extended lock barrel.
Pilot holes for No. 8 x 5⁄8"(15 mm) wood screw (3⁄32" [2 mm] dia. x 5⁄8" [15 mm]) to mount customdrawer front to drawer body,see detail below.
A For 30" (762 mm) wide cabinets is 8 7⁄16" (214.31 mm)
For 36" (914 mm) wide cabinets is 10 7⁄16" (265.11 mm)
For 42" (1067 mm) wide cabinets is 12 7⁄16" (315.91 mm)
H For 30" (762 mm) wide cabinets is 25 5⁄16" (642.93 mm)
For 36" (914 mm) wide cabinets is 31 5⁄16" (795.84 mm)
For 42" (1067 mm) wide cabinets is 37 5⁄16" (947.74 mm)
W For 30" (762 mm) wide cabinets is 29 7⁄8" (758.83 mm)
For 36" (914 mm) wide cabinets is 35 7⁄8" (911.23 mm)
For 42" (1067 mm) wide cabinets is 41 7⁄8" (1063.63 mm)
Drawer fronts 3⁄4" (19.05 mm) thick
37/64" (14.68 mm)
A A A
Lock Location (3/4" (19.05 mm) dia. hole)cL
1 15/32" (37.31 mm)
25/32" (19.84 mm)
2 41/64" (67.07 mm)
1 7/32" (30.96 mm)
7 25/32" (197.64 mm
1 7/32" (30.96 mm)
7 25/32" (197.64 mm
1 7/32" (30.96 mm)
3" (76 mm) Drawer Front
6" (152 mm) Drawer Front
10 1/2" (267 mm) Drawer Front
12" (305 mm) Drawer Front
13 1/2" (343 mm) Drawer Front
15" (381 mm) Drawer Front
- 2 7/8" h. (73.03 mm)
- 5 7/8" h. (149.23 mm)
- 10 3/8" h. (263.53 m)
- 11 7/8" h. (301.63 mm)
- 13 3/8" h. (339.73 mm)
- 14 7/8" h. (377.83 m)
H
W
Top 1 5/32" (29.37 mm)
3/32" (2.38 mm) clr
1/8" (3.18 mm) clr
1/8" (3.18 mm) clr
1/8" (3.18 mm) clr
3/32" (2.38 mm) clr
Base 11/2" (38.10 mm)
1/16" (1.59 mm) clr
1/16" (1.59 mm) clr
Drawer Body
Spacer
No. 8 Screw
Drawer Front
aseide
2 9/32" (57.94 mm)
(1.59 mm)
mm)
Elevation of interior side of drawer frontsFacia (optional) 1 5⁄32" h (29 mm)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-14 August 2008
Drilling details on pages H-17 and H-18.
C U S T O M P R O F I L E S H O P D R A W I N G S
H i n g e d D o o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r M u l t i - U n i t s
Elevation of interior side of hinged door showing hinge, latch, lock and door striker locations.
W For 30" (762 mm) wide cabinet, each door is 14 7⁄8" (377.83 mm)
For 36" (914 mm) wide cabinet, each door is 17 7⁄8" (454.03 mm)
For 42" (1067 mm) wide cabinet, each door is 20 7⁄8" (530.23 mm)
Nominal
Door Height A B C D
24" (610 mm) 23 7⁄8" (606.43 mm) 15" (381.00 mm) 11 15⁄16" (303.22 mm) 11 11⁄16" (296.87 mm)
30" (762 mm) 29 7⁄8" (758.63 mm) 21" (533.40 mm) 14 15⁄16" (379.42 mm) 14 11⁄16" (373.07 mm)
36" (914 mm) 35 7⁄8" (911.23 mm) 27" (685.80 mm) 17 15⁄16" (455.62 mm) 17 11⁄16" (449.27 mm)
Note: 24" (610 mm), 30" (762 mm), 36" (914 mm) HIGHDOORS USE 2 HINGES EACH
A
W
C
Detail 1Detail 2
D
B
Detail 3 Detail 4
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 H-15
Drilling details on pages H-17 and H-18.
C U S T O M P R O F I L E S H O P D R A W I N G S
H i n g e d D o o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r H i n g e d D o o r C a b i n e t s
Note: 45" (1143 mm), 48" (1219 mm), 60" (1524 mm)
HIGH DOORS USE 3 HINGES EACH
Elevation of interior side of hinged door showing hinge, latch, lock and door striker locations.
Nominal
Door Height A B C D
45" (1143 mm) 44 7⁄8" (1139.83 mm) 18" (457.20 mm) 22 7⁄16" (569.92 mm) 22 3⁄16" (563.56 mm)
48" (1219 mm) 47 7⁄8" (1216.03 mm) 19 1⁄2" (495.30 mm) 23 15⁄16" (608.02 mm) 23 11⁄16" (601.67 mm)
60" (1524 mm) 59 7⁄8" (1520.83 mm) 25 1⁄2" (647.70 mm) 29 15⁄16" (760.42 mm) 29 11⁄16" (754.07 mm)
A
W
C
Detail 1
BD
Detail 2
Detail 3 Detail 4
B
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-16 August 2008
C U S T O M P R O F I L E S H O P D R A W I N G S
H i n g e d D o o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r H i n g e d D o o r C a b i n e t s
3/4" (19.05 mm) diameter
3/4"(19.05 mm)
5/16"(7.94 mm)
1 1/8"(28.58 mm)
1 5/16" dia. x 5/16" deep(33.34 mm dia. x 7.94 mm deep)
Outside Face of Door
19/32"(15.09 mm)
Pilot Holes3/32" dia. x 5/8" deep(2.38 mm dia. x 15.88 mm deep)
5/8"(15.88 mm)
Inside Face of Door
1 3/16"(30.16 mm)
Pilot Holes3/32" dia. x 5/8" deep(2.38 mm dia. x 15.88 mm deep)
5/16"(7.94 mm)
Inside Face of Door
25/32"(19.84 mm)
Drilling Details
Detail 1Door Lock Hole
Detail 2
Door Striker Location
Detail 3
Door Latch Location
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 H-17
15⁄16" dia. x 7⁄16" deep(33.34 mm dia. X 11.11 mm deep)
7⁄16" (11.11 mm)
C U S T O M P R O F I L E S H O P D R A W I N G S
H i n g e d D o o r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r H i n g e d D o o r C a b i n e t s
7/32"(5.56 mm)
Pilot Holes3/32" dia. x 5/8" deep(2.38 mm dia. x 15.88 mm deep)
Inside Face of Door ( top edge shown )29/32"
(23.03 mm)
Blind Hole1 3/8" dia. x 9/16" deep(34.93 mm dia. x 14.29 mm deep)
2 3/64"(51.99 mm)
4 3/16" (106.36 mm)
Detail 4
Hinge Mounting Hole
Drilling Details
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-18 August 2008
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 H-19
C U S T O M P R O F I L E P E D E S T A L S
Specify Custom Profile pedestals without fronts and
design your own using a variety of materials. The design
ideas are limitless. For fabrication details, refer to the
shop drawings at the end of this chapter.
ANSI/BIFMA
With the addition of counterweights where appropriate,Custom Profile pedestals meet all ANSI/BIFMA specifications.
Construction
Pedestals are welded, “wrap-around” construction using20 gauge high quality, tension leveled, cold rolled steel.The steel gauges selected for drawer fronts, bodies andaccessories ensure the highest quality durability andperformance for all components.
Construction Features and Benefits
1. “Wrap-around” construction with no visible verticalseams gives a clean appearance.
2. Completely enclosed case provides rigid construc-tion and dust-free interiors.
3. Pedestals have sound-absorbing materials forquieter operation — a particular asset in open planenvironments.
4. Box drawer sides are slotted on 1" centers to allowfor maximum flexibility for drawer division.
5. Box drawer side double-wall construction providesclean appearance and enclosed divider slots.
6. File (12") drawer bodies have full-height sides toaccommodate hanging file folders, eliminating theneed for optional file frames.
7. Fully-progressive ball bearing suspensions on alldrawers, including pencil and box drawers, arestaged so that left and right sides work in unison.This provides smooth drawer operation withminimum force.
8. Staged suspensions allow the drawer to be com-pletely pulled out, providing access to the entiredrawer depth.
9. Special “claw-like” device incorporated in the suspension “grips” the fixed section of the suspensionarm preventing drawer bounce-back or creep whendrawer is closed.
10. Casters and glides are both recessed “inboard” fora uniform exterior appearance with no visiblehardware.
11. Modular interior allows for complete interchange-ability of drawer types within the pedestal case. Forexample, two 6" box drawers may be replaced byone 12" file drawer.
Counterweights
Counterweights are recommended for all freestandingunits and are standard with all mobile pedestals andmust be field installed.
Drawer Standard Equipment
3" pencil drawer, 6" box drawer and 12" file drawer isstandard.
Pedestals containing 3" or 6" drawers are providedwith one pencil tray per pedestal. 6" drawers are addi-tionally standard with one steel divider.
12" file drawers have one suspension bar (two in a28" deep pedestal) for side-to-side filing of legal andletter-size folders.
Bases
Optional base aprons are available in 2 heights and arebolted to the underside of the pedestal case. Bases maybe easily added or changed on site. Pedestals areshipped with bases installed when ordered.
Casters
Recessed 1 5⁄8" black, double-wheel phenolic carpetcasters are supplied with mobile pedestals and must befield installed. Recessed casters are not visible.
Glides
Overall heights are inclusive of metal glides or casters.Heights may be increased up to 5⁄8" by extending stan-dard glide. Glides are accessible from inside thepedestal when the bottom drawer is fully extended orremoved and may be adjusted with a 1⁄4" socket driver.
Optional 11⁄2" stem glides are available. Specify andadd $19 list to the pedestal price. Requires field installation.
Locks
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is notrequired add suffix '/NL' after product number. Deduct$51 list per lock. For lock location, see page 10.Extended lock barrels are standard. For flush, non-faciatype locks, specify separately.
Random keying is standard. Pedestals may beordered keyed alike. Specify. Locks feature removablecore and are standard with two keys, one of which has ablack neoprene plastic key cover.
Cabinets originally ordered as non-locking may befield installed with the addition of locking bars and alock core. Please contact Inscape Client Services forrequired parts.
Master keys are available at $35 list. Locks areavailable in Chrome and Black finish. Specify.
F inishes
Refer to page 4.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-20 August 2008
C U S T O M P R O F I L E C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
F o r D e s k H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 C - 2 B F M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth2B -2 box drawersF -file drawerC -Custom Profile SeriesM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are recommend-ed for all free-standing pedestals. Counterweights are stan-dard with all mobile pedestals and must be field installed.Pedestals with 3" and 6" drawers are standard with one pen-cil tray per pedestal and one steel divider per 6" drawer. 12"drawers have one suspension bar (two in a 28" deeppedestal) for side-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not required add suffix'/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extended lock barrelsare standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
1518C-2BF 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 70 (31.7) 7 (.20)
1522C-2BF 22 (559) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
1528C-2BF 28 (711) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 10 (.28)
1518C-2BFM 18 (457 27 1⁄2 (699) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1522C-2BFM 22 (559) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 8 (.22)
1528C-2BFM 28 (711) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 10 (.28)
1518C-2F 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 70 (31.7) 7 (.20)
1522C-2F 22 (559) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
1528C-2F 28 (711) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 10 (.28)
1518C-2FM 18 (457 27 1⁄2 (699) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1522C-2FM 22 (559) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 8 (.22)
1528C-2FM 28 (711) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 10 (.28)
1518C-4B 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 70 (31.7) 7 (.20)
1522C-4B 22 (559) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 8 (.22)
1528C-4B 28 (711) 26 7⁄8 (683) 90 (40) 10 (.28)
1518C-4BM 18 (457 27 1⁄2 (699) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1522C-4BM 22 (559) 27 1⁄2 (699) 85 (38.5) 8 (.22)
1528C-4BM 28 (711) 27 1⁄2 (699) 95 (43) 10 (.28)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
665
741
772
802
879
908
612
677
706
749
814
843
665
741
772
802
879
908
2 box, 1 file,glides
2 box, 1 file,mobile,counterweight includedMobile pedestals cannot
be ordered without a lock.
2 file,glides
2 file,mobile,counterweight includedMobile pedestals cannot
be ordered without a lock.
4 box,glides
4 box,mobile,counterweight includedMobile pedestals cannot
be ordered without a lock.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com
C U S T O M P R O F I L E C A B I N E T I N T E R I O R S
F o r K e y b o a r d H e i g h t A p p l i c a t i o n s , L e t t e r W i d t h
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
1 5 2 2 C - 2 B F M
15 -pedestal width22 -pedestal depth2B -2 box drawersF -file drawerC -Custom Profile SeriesM -mobile
General Information
Pedestals are standard with either glides or casters. Exteriorpedestal heights are nominal. Actual heights (with glidesfully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Counterweights are recommend-ed for all free-standing pedestals. Counterweights are stan-dard with all mobile pedestals and must be field installed.Pedestals with 3" and 6" drawers are standard with one pen-cil tray per pedestal and one steel divider per 6" drawer. 12"drawers have one suspension bar (two in a 28" deeppedestal) for side-to-side filing of letter or legal size folders.
Accessories
See Pedestal Accessories section for counterweights andaccessories.
Lock Option
Pedestals come standard with lock. If lock is not required add suffix'/NL' after product number. Deduct $51 list. Extended lock barrelsare standard.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options. Drawer bodies and acces-sories are finished in black.
August 2008 H-21
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
1518C-PBF 18 (457) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29.4) 6 (.17)
1522C-PBF 22 (559) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1528C-PBF 28 (711) 23 7⁄8 (606) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1518C-PBFM 18 (457) 24 1⁄2 (622) 70 (31.7) 6 (.17)
1522C-PBFM 22 (559) 24 1⁄2 (622) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1528C-PBFM 28 (711) 24 1⁄2 (622) 90 (40) 9 (.25)
1518C-P3B 18 (457) 23 7⁄8 (606) 65 (29.4) 6 (.17)
1522C-P3B 22 (559) 23 7⁄8 (606) 75 (34) 7 (.20)
1528C-P3B 28 (711) 23 7⁄8 (606) 85 (38.5) 9 (.25)
1518C-P3BM 18 (457) 24 1⁄2 (622) 70 (31.7) 6 (.17)
1522C-P3BM 22 (559) 24 1⁄2 (622) 80 (36) 7 (.20)
1528C-P3BM 28 (711) 24 1⁄2 (622) 90 (40) 9 (.25)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
665
741
772
802
879
908
665
741
772
802
879
908
1 pencil, 1 box, 1 file,glides
1 pencil, 1 box, 1 file,mobile,counterweight includedMobile pedestals cannot
be ordered without a lock.
1 pencil, 3 box,glides
1 pencil, 3 box,mobile,counterweight includedMobile pedestals cannot
be ordered without a lock.
C U S T O M P R O F I L E S H O P D R A W I N G S
D r a w e r F r o n t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r P e d e s t a l s
The following page contains technical data that enablethe specifier to communicate to local fabricators, criticalmeasurements and other details. This will ensure thatcustom-fabricated fronts can easily be installed eitheron-site or elsewhere. Please contact Office SpecialtyCustomer Service if additional information is required.
*Note: Choose your configuration from the availabledrawers shown below.
Note to Millwork installers: if a standard extended lockis ordered, it will be shipped with a barrel around thelock cylinder. This should be discarded and the cylinderonly fitted through the facia. Facia must be 3⁄4"(19.05mm) thick for use with extended lock barrel.
Screw Drawer End
DrawerFront
CaseSide
Top View of Drawer Front Mounting Detail
Typical ClearancesFacia Lock Location
3" Pencil Drawer
6" Box Drawer
12" File Drawer
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comH-22 August 2008
Drawer fronts must be 3⁄4" (19.05mm) thick.
Drawer Front Width
For 15" (381mm) wide pedestals, 14 7⁄8" (377.83mm)For 18" (457mm) wide pedestals, 17 7⁄8" (454.03mm)
Top 1 5⁄32" (29.37mm)
Base 1 1⁄2" (38.10mm)
3⁄32" clr (2.38mm)
3⁄4" dia. hole (19.05mm)
37⁄64" (14.68mm)
1 3⁄32" (27.78mm)
1 5⁄32"h (29.37mm)
2 7⁄8"h (73.03mm)
5 7⁄8"h (149.23mm)
11 7⁄8"h (301.63mm)
2 13⁄32"h (61.12mm)
2 13⁄32"h (61.12mm)
2 21⁄32"h(67.47mm)
2 21⁄32"h(61.69mm)
1 1⁄16"(1.59mm)
1 1⁄16" Clr(1.59mm)
2 21⁄32"h(67.47mm)
1 13⁄16" (46.04mm)
1 1⁄16" (26.99mm)
7 1⁄8" (180.98mm)
1 3⁄8" (34.93mm)
2 13⁄32" (61.12mm)
1 15⁄16"(49.21mm)
3⁄32" clr (2.38mm)
1⁄8" clr (3.18mm)
1⁄8" clr (3.18mm)
1⁄16" clr (1.59mm)
1⁄16" clr (1.59mm)
*Note: 2-6" Box & 1-12" File Drawers shown above.
IB
oo
kcase/
Disp
lay
B O O K C A S E & D I S P L A Y C A B I N E T S
Bookcase
Display Cabinet
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comI-2 August 2008
B O O K C A S E S
1 5 " a n d 1 8 " D e e p B o o k c a s e s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 3 7 . 5 - 2 B K 1 5
36 -cabinet width37.5 -interior height2 -number of shelvesBK -bookcase15 -cabinet depth
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Bookcases are standardwith adjustable non-slotted shelves.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
3627-1BK15 15 (381) 29 7⁄8 (759) 65 (29) 13 (.37)
3627-1BK18 18 (457) 29 7⁄8 (759) 65 (29) 13 (.37)
3637.5-2BK15 15 (381) 40 3⁄8 (1026) 80 (36) 18 (.51)
3637.5-2BK18 18 (457) 40 3⁄8 (1026) 80 (36) 18 (.51)
3649.5-3BK15 15 (381) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 100 (45) 22 (.62)
3649.5-3BK18 18 (457) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 100 (45) 22 (.62)
3661.5-4BK15 15 (381) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 130 (59) 27 (.76)
3661.5-4BK18 18 (457) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 130 (59) 27 (.76)
3663-4BK15 15 (381) 65 7⁄8 (1673) 135 (61) 28 (.79)
3663-4BK18 18 (457) 65 7⁄8 (1673) 135 (61) 28 (.79)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
495
609
584
689
734
845
848
980
848
980
2 high bookcase
15" deep
18" deep
3 high bookcase
15" deep
18" deep
4 high bookcase
15" deep
18" deep
5 high bookcase
15" deep
18" deep
15" deep
18" deep
Cabinet Width: 36"
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 I-3
B O O K C A S E S
1 5 " a n d 1 8 " D e e p B o o k c a s e s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 3 7 . 5 - 2 B K 1 5
36 -cabinet width37.5 -interior height2 -number of shelvesBK -bookcase15 -cabinet depth
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Bookcases are standardwith adjustable non-slotted shelves.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options.
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
3667.5-5BK15 15 (381) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 135 (61) 28 (.79)
3667.5-5BK18 18 (457) 70 3⁄8 (1788) 135 (61) 28 (.79)
BKSH-3615 15 (381) 1⁄2 (13) 11 (4.9)
BKSH-3618 18 (457) 1⁄2 (13) 11 (4.9)
BKTC-36 3 (1.3)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
1140
1289
72
72
24
6 high bookcase
15" deep
18" deep
Adjustable non-slotted shelf
15" deep
18" deep
Bookcase top cover
Cabinet Width: 36"
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comI-4 August 2008
D I S P L A Y C A B I N E T S
D i s p l a y C a b i n e t s w i t h S l o p e d D i s p l a y S h e l v e s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify options
Product Code Key Example
3 6 - 5 M S
36 -cabinet width5 -number of shelvesMS -magazine shelf
General Information
Exterior cabinet heights are nominal. Actual heights (withglides fully recessed) are 1⁄8" less. Display cabinets featureshelves which sit at a 60° angle for display purposes.Shelves feature a 1" lip at the front and pivot at the back sothey can be raised. A second shelf sits behind the displayshelf for additional storage.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section for color options.
Cabinet Width: 36"
Weight Cube
Description Product No. D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
36-2MS 18 (457) 26 7⁄8 (683) 80 (36) 14 (.40)
36-3MS 18 (457) 38 7⁄8 (987) 100 (45) 20 (.56)
36-4MS 18 (457) 52 3⁄8 (1330) 130 (59) 26 (.74)
36-5MS 18 (457) 64 3⁄8 (1635) 160 (73) 32 (.91)
BKTC-36 3 (1.5)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
610
826
1058
1254
24
2 high display cabinet with sloped display shelves
3 high display cabinet with sloped display shelves
4 high display cabinet with sloped display shelves, no tie bar
5 high display cabinet with sloped display shelves, no tie bar
Bookcase top cover
JA
ccessories
A C C E S S O R I E S
Hangfile bars EDP Kit X-ray Kit
Plate divider Fixed slotted shelf Coat rod and blank shelf
Plain Steel Flex Top Lateral BaseSliding Rail
Counterweight for laterals Mobile support frame
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comJ-2 August 2008
A C C E S S O R I E S
I n t e r i o r A c c e s s o r i e s F o r A l l L a t e r a l s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber followed by drawer andshelf interiors with theiraccessories in order from TOP toBOTTOM, indicating which interioris in the top position.
General Information
The accessories on these pages are used in conjunctionwith basic cabinets and desired drawer and shelf interiors.All interior accessories are finished in black. A minimumorder charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
HF-30 30 (762) 2 (.9)
HF-36 36 (914) 3 (1.3)
HF-42 42 (1067) 4 (1.8)
EDP30 30 (762) 6 (2.7)
EDP36 36 (914) 7 (3.2)
EDP42 42 (1067) 8 (3.6)
XRAY/EDP30 30 (762) 2 (.91)
XRAY/EDP36 36 (914) 2.5 (1.1)
XRAY/EDP42 42 (1067) 3 (1.3)
SR 1 3⁄16 (5) .5 (.22)
LL-30 30 (762) 1 (.45)
LL-36 36 (914) 2 (.9)
LL-42 42 (1067) 3 (1.3)
DVP 1 (.45)
DVP6-9 .75 (.34)
DVP-3 .5 (.22)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
30
30
30
57
57
57
64
64
64
9
16
16
16
10
10
10
Standard Paper Related
Accessories
Hangfile bars for 10 1⁄2",12", 13 1⁄2",15" and 16 1⁄2"pullout shelves/drawers,set of 2
Computer Paper Related
Accessories
EDP kit for 13 1⁄2" and 15"shelves/drawers
X-Ray Related Accessories
X-ray kit for 16 1⁄2" drawers
Sliding rails used in con-junction with HF bars forfront-to-back filing, soldindividually.
Legal to letter adaptor
Plate divider for 10 1⁄2", 12"13 1⁄2" 15" and 16 1⁄2"drawers or slotted shelves
Plate divider for 6", 7 1⁄2"and 9" shelves/drawers
Plate divider for 3" shelves/drawers
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 J-3
A C C E S S O R I E S
I n t e r i o r A c c e s s o r i e s F o r A l l L a t e r a l s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber followed by drawer andshelf interiors with theiraccessories in order from TOP toBOTTOM, indicating which interioris in the top position.
General Information
The accessories on these pages are used in conjunctionwith basic cabinets and desired drawer and shelf interiors.All interior accessories are finished in black. A minimumorder charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
FP 3 1⁄2 (789) 2 (51) 3 1⁄2 (89) .25 (.11)
DF30 30 (762) 2 (.91)
DF36 36 (914) 2.5 (1.1)
DF42 42 (1067) 3 (1.3)
SH-30 30 (762) 16 (406) 11 (4.9)
SH-36 36 (914) 16 (406) 12 (5.4)
SH-42 42 (1067) 16 (406) 13 (5.8)
CR30 30 (762) 16 (406) 11 (4.9)
CR36 36 (914) 16 (406) 12 (5.4)
CR42 42 (1067) 16 (406) 13 (5.8)
RBKIT-30 30 (762) 2 (.91)
RBKIT-36 36 (914) 2.5 (1.1)
RBKIT-42 42 (1067) 3 (1.3)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
11
17
18
21
72
72
72
99
99
99
16
17
18
Follower plate, includes velcro fasteners
Drawer filler for 6" and 7 1⁄2" drawers only.Available for StorageCenters, 9900 Series andArcus Series.
Slotted Shelf
Fixed slotted shelf installsbehind 12, 13 1⁄2" , 15" and 16 1⁄2" lift-up door,or in hinged door cabinet.Shelf is adjustable on a 1 1⁄2" increment.
Coat rod and blank shelf.Rod screws to underside of shelf.
Raised back kit. Attaches to back of 10 1⁄ 2", 12",13 1⁄ 2", 15" and 16 1⁄ 2"drawers.
A C C E S S O R I E S
I n t e r i o r A c c e s s o r i e s F o r A l l L a t e r a l s
How to Order
1. Specify product number.2. Specify finish
General Information
Bases are steel welded construction, flush with glides.
Minimum Order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will beapplied.
F inishes
Bases are available in any standard or textured finish. Referto Finishes section.
Mobile support frames come standard in black.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
B3018-1 30 (762) 18 (457) 7⁄8 (22) 4 (1.8)
B3618-1 36 (914) 18 (457) 7⁄8 (22) 4.5 (2)
B4218-1 42 (1067) 18 (457) 7⁄8 (22) 5 (2.2)
B3018-2 30 (762) 18 (457) 2 1⁄8 (54) 8 (3.6)
B3618-2 36 (914) 18 (457) 2 1⁄8 (54) 9 (4.0)
B4218-2 42 (1067) 18 (457) 2 1⁄8 (54) 10 (4.5)
MFK18 4 5⁄8 (117) 10.4 (4.7)
MFK24 4 5⁄8 (117) 11.4 (5.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
85
85
85
95
95
95
395
395
Bases7⁄8"(height does not includeglide)
2 1⁄8"(height does not includeglide)
18" mobile support frame,for 30" and 36" wide lateralfile with maximum of threepullout drawers and maxi-mum height of 43 1⁄2"Note: Counterweight mustbe installed in lateral file
24" mobile support frame,for 24" and 30" wideWorkplace Towers with maximum of three pulloutdrawers and maximumheight of 58 3⁄4"Note: Counterweight is recommended
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comJ-4 August 2008
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
Accessories
A C C E S S O R I E S
I n t e r i o r A c c e s s o r i e s F o r A l l L a t e r a l s
How to Order
1. Specify basic cabinet productnumber followed by drawer andshelf interiors with theiraccessories in order from TOP toBOTTOM, indicating which interioris in the top position.
General Information
The accessories on these pages are used in conjunctionwith basic cabinets and desired drawer and shelf interiors.All interior accessories are finished in black.
Minimum order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
CP/DV 13 (330) 6 (152) 6 1⁄4 (159) 1 (.45)
RKEY
MKEY
LG .5 (.22)
PAINT .5 (.22)
IMCW-30 38 (17.2)
IMCW-36 38 (17.2)
IMCW-42 52 (23.6)
CW 2x24 (2x10.9)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
26
6
35
19
30
105
105
105
105
Compressor/Divider“Bookend” style divider for use in slotted drawers 7 1⁄2" or higher.
Replacement KeySpecify key number foundon face of lock
Master KeySpecify key series
1 1⁄2" stem leveling glides,set of 4
Touch-up paint for standard enamel finishes.Specify finish.Can contains 1⁄2 pint
Counterweight, recommend-ed for all freestanding lateral file cabinets with 22 1⁄2" interior demension orhigher
Counterweight, recommend-ed for all freestanding lateral file cabinets with lessthan 22 1⁄2" interior demen-sion.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 J-5
A C C E S S O R I E S
P l a s t i c L a m i n a t e T o p s f o r L a t e r a l s
How to Order
1. Specify product number.2. Specify finish
General Information
Optional plastic laminate tops are self-edged high pressurelaminate with backing sheet, over a cover of high densityparticle board.
Minimum Order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will beapplied.
F inishes
Tops are available in any standard Office Specialty laminate.Refer to Finishes section.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
PL-30 30 (762) 18 (457) 1 1⁄16 (27) 15 (6.8)
PL-36 36 (914) 18 (457) 1 1⁄16 (27) 20 (9)
PL-42 42 (1067) 18 (457) 1 1⁄16 (27) 25(11.3)
PL-60 60 (1524) 18 (457) 1 1⁄16 (27) 30(13.6)
PL-72 72 (1829) 18 (457) 1 1⁄16 (27) 40 (18)
PL-84 84 (2134) 18 (457) 1 1⁄16 (27) 50(22.6)
PL-3630 30 (762) 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 35 (16)
PL-3636 36 (7914) 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 42 (19)
PL-3642 42 (1067 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 49 (22)
PL-3660 60 (1524) 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 69 (31)
PL-3666 66 (1676) 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 76 (34)
PL-3672 72 (1829) 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 83 (38)
PL-3684 84 (2134) 36 (914 1 1⁄16 (27) 97 (44)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
191
219
229
327
392
455
370
409
428
612
653
734
896
Tops
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comJ-6 August 2008
Accessories
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H" (mm) lb. (kg)
N� 1930 30 (762) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 18 (8)
N� 1936 36 (914) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 21 (10)
N� 1942 42 (1067) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 25 (11)
N� 1960 60 (1524) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 36 (16)
N� 1966 66 (1676) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 39 (18)
N� 1972 72 (1829) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 43 (19)
N� 1978 78 (1981) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 46 (21)
N� 1984 84 (2134) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 50 (23)
N� 1990 90 (2286) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 53 (24)
N� 1996 96 (2438) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 57 (26)
N� 3730 30 (762) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 35 (16)
N� 3736 36 (914) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 42 (19)
N� 3742 42 (1067) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 49 (22)
N� 3760 60 (1524) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 69 (31)
N� 3766 66 (1676) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 76 (34)
N� 3772 72 (1829) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 83 (38)
N� 3778 78 (1981) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 90 (41)
N� 3784 84 (2134) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 97 (44)
N� 3790 90 (2286) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 104 (47)
N� 3796 96 (2438) 37 (940) 1 1⁄4 (32) 111 (50)
A c c e s s o r i e s
N u f o r m T o p s f o r L a t e r a l s
How To Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish
Product Code Key Example
N W - 1 9 3 0
N -Nuform topW -woodgrain19 -depth30 -width
General Information
Nuform Tops are available in single and double depths.Note: Top will overhang lateral 1⁄2” front and back. If single-depth lateral is positioned flush against a wall, there will bea 1” overhang at the front.
Minimum Order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will beapplied.
F inishes
Available in solid and woodgrain finishes. Refer to Finishessection.
NuformSolid
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
191
219
229
327
360
392
424
455
487
518
370
409
428
612
653
734
815
896
976
1056
NuformWoodgrain
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
211
242
252
361
395
431
466
500
535
569
406
451
472
674
719
809
897
985
1074
1162
Nuform Tops
Insert letter into 'code' to build product number.
Product No.:
S -Solid
W -Woodgrain
Product No.
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 J-7
A C C E S S O R I E S
V e n e e r T o p s f o r L a t e r a l s
How to Order
1. Specify product number.2. Specify finish
General Information
Tops are sized to suit any combination of one, two or threelaterals and include 3⁄16" overhang on each side. Tops can-
not be combined together.
F inishes
Refer to Finishes section.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
VT-30 30 (762) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 18 (8)
VT-36 36 (914) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 21 (10)
VT-42 42 (1067) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 25 (11)
VT-60 60 (1524) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 36 (16)
VT-72 72 (1829) 19 (483) 1 1⁄4 (32) 43 (20)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
655
678
700
723
769
Tops
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comJ-8 August 2008
Weight Cube
Description Product No. W” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg) ft. (m)
FT-NF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-NF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-NF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-NF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-NF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
FT-CPF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-CPF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-CPF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-CPF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-CPF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
FT-PF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-PF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-PF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-PF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-PF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
FT-EF1830 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 5 (2.3) 1(.028)
FT-EF1836 36 (914) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-EF1842 42 (1067) 2 1⁄2 (64) 6 (2.7) 2(.056)
FT-EF2424 24 (610) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 1(.028)
FT-EF2430 30 (762) 2 1⁄2 (64) 8 (3.6) 2(.056)
A c c e s s o r i e s
F l e x T o p s f o r L a t e r a l s , W o r k p l a c e T o w e r s & L o c k e r s
How To Order
1. Specify flex top2. Specify finish color
Product Code Key Example
F T - 1 8 3 0
FT -flex top18 -depth30 -width
General Information
Flex tops provide a unique aesthetic while preventing openstorage above the cabinet. Tops are shipped as a single unitand adhere onto cabinet tops with double-sided tape. Sheetmetal dome may be specified in plain steel, perforated, cir-cle punched or embossed to match Platform tile styles.Aluminum anchor bars are elevated approx. 3⁄8" above cabi-net. Peak in 18" deep tops is 2 1⁄2" high, peak on 24" deeptops is 3" high.
Specify flex tops according to cabinet top dimensions as fol-lows: 18"d x 30"w, 36"w and 42"w for installation onto later-als, lockers, cubbi-stor and 24" x 24" w and 30"w for towers.
Note: When selecting flex top styles for 30" wide towers andlockers note that the full length door on these units havesquare perforations.
Note: Flex tops are not compatible with Modular Series
Towers.
F inishes
Flextops are available in any standard or textured finish. Refer toFinishes section.
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
305
318
328
351
360
407
422
429
449
464
407
422
429
449
464
407
422
429
449
464
Plain steel
Circle Punched
Perforated
Embossed
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 J-9
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
A C C E S S O R I E S
P e d e s t a l A c c e s s o r i e s , L e t t e r a n d L e g a l W i d t h s
How to Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify laminate finish
Minimum Order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
F inishes
Accessories are finished in black.
WS-CW 16 (7.2)
PM-CW 24(10.9)
WS-PT15 12 (305) 1 (.45)
WS-PT18 15 (381) 1 (.45)
WS-DV15 12 (305) 3 1⁄2 (89) .25 (.11)
WS-DV18 15 (381) 3 1⁄2 (89) .25 (.11)
MD-SO15 1 (.45)
MD-SO18 1 (.45)
WS-RS 12 (305) .25 (.11)
PAINT .5 (.22)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
70
70
25
26
13
14
53
56
40
30
Accessories
Counterweight, recommend-ed for all freestandingpedestals with file and EDP drawers
Counterweight, recommend-ed for all mobile pedestalsincluding Caddi-StorTM
Pencil tray for letter width box drawer
Pencil tray with adaptor forlegal width box drawer
Divider for box drawer
Set of 4 modular slopedstationery dividers, fitsbox drawer letter widthpedestal only.
Same as above forbox drawer legal widthpedestal.
Sliding reference shelf for
box drawer, fits letter width
pedestal only
Touch up paintfor standard enamel finish-es. Specify finish. Can con-tains 1⁄2 pint
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comJ-10 August 2008
A C C E S S O R I E S
P e d e s t a l A c c e s s o r i e s , L e t t e r a n d L e g a l W i d t h s
How to Order
1. Specify product number2. Specify finish color3. Specify laminate finish
Minimum Order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
F inishes
Bases are available in any standard or textured finish. Refer toFinishes section.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
B1518-1 15 (381) 18 (457) 7⁄8 (22) 3 (1.3)
B1522-1 15 (381) 22 (559) 7⁄8 (22) 3.6 (1.6)
B1528-1 15 (381) 28 (711) 7⁄8 (22) 4.5 (2)
B1518-2 15 (381) 18 (457) 2 1⁄8 (54) 4.2 (1.9)
B1522-2 15 (381) 22 (559) 2 1⁄8 (54) 5 (2.2)
B1528-2 15 (381) 28 (711) 2 1⁄8 (54) 6.3 (2.9)
B1822-1 18 (457) 22 (559) 7⁄8 (22) 4.0 (1.8)
B1828-1 18 (457) 28 (711) 7⁄8 (22) 5.0 (2.2)
B1822-2 18 (457) 22 (559) 2 1⁄8 (54) 5.5 (2.5)
B1828-2 18 (457) 28 (711) 2 1⁄8 (54) 7.2 (3.3)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
72
72
72
80
80
80
91
91
100
100
Bases7⁄8" base apronletter width (height does not include glide)
2 1⁄8" base apronletter width (height does not include glide)
7⁄8" base apronlegal width (height does not includeglide)
2 1⁄8" base apronlegal width (height does not includeglide)
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.com August 2008 J-11
A C C E S S O R I E S
V e r t i c a l A c c e s s o r i e s
How to Order
1. Specify number2. Specify finish color
General Information
Bases are steel welded construction, flush with glides.Minimum Order
A minimum order charge of $50.00 net per order will be applied.
F inishes
Bases are available in any standard or textured finish. Refer to Finishessection.
All interior accessories are finished in black.
Weight
Description Product No. W” (mm) D” (mm) H” (mm) lb. (kg)
CP2-15 15 (381) 3 (1.3)
CP2-18 18 (457) 3 (1.3)
B1528-1 15 (381) 28 (711) 7⁄8 (22) 4.5 (2.0)
B1828-1 18 (457) 28 (711) 7⁄8 (22) 5 (2.2)
B1528-2 15 (381) 28 (711) 2 1⁄8 (54) 6.3 (2.8)
B1828-2 18 (457) 28 (711) 2 1⁄8 (54) 7.2 (3.3)
PAINT .5 (.22)
WS-CW 16 (7.2)
ListPrice
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
12
12
72
91
80
100
30
70
Compressor
Letter width
Legal width
Bases
7⁄8" base apron
Letter width
Legal width
2 1⁄8" base apron
Letter width
Legal width
Touch up Paint for standardenamel finishes. Specify finish.Can contains 1⁄2 pint
Counterweight recommend-ed for 2 high vertical files
Visit us at www.inscapesolutions.comJ-12 August 2008
KC
on
ditio
ns o
f Sale
Conditions of Sale
Order Placement and Order Confirmation PaymentAll orders with Office Specialty must be placed in writing Office Specialty invoices all orders in the currency indicated
or electronically by the purchaser. Verbal orders are not on the Order Confirmation. Payment must be made inaccepted. All orders must be accepted and confirmed by this same currency and may be made by check or wireOffice Specialty in writing to be valid. Office Specialty transfer.manufactures, delivers and invoices based on the inform- Subject to credit approval, Office Specialty's standard pay-ation in such written confirmation ("the Order ment terms are net 30 days from the invoice date. In casesConfirmation"). Office Specialty provides Order where an order is placed with Office Specialty that putsConfirmation by mail and/or facsimile. It is the purchaser's an account over its assigned credit limit with Office Specialty,responsibility to advise Office Specialty of any information payment terms will be established at the time of order. in the Order Confirmation that is incorrect within five (5) Where credit terms have not been established, paymentworking days of receipt thereof, after which such Order in full must be received at time of order placement. InConfirmation shall be deemed to be correct. The Order Confirmation, together with these Terms & Conditions, is intended and agreed by the purchaser to be the complete, exclusive and final statement of all terms and conditions of agreement between Office Specialty and the purchaser with respect to the purchase and sale of any Office Specialty product. No other terms and conditions shall apply to this agreement unless specifically agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of Office Specialty.
PricesAll pricing (list, discounted, net, or otherwise) is for
product only and is subject to change without notice.Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, prices do not include storage, insurance, taxes, local delivery or installation. Freight costs, except for freight charges, areincluded as set forth herein. Following freight surchargeapplies to all orders.
$ USA USANet Order Value East* West* <$1,500 $150 $250$1,500 to $5,000 3% of order value 5% of order value >$5,000 1% of order value 1% of order value
Some order changes or cancellations may not get approved* The USA West is defined as the States of Washington, such as the following:Oregon, California, Montana, Idaho, Nevada and Arizona. ● Specials (not standard product).The USA East is defined as all other contiguous US ● Special finishes including non standard paints.States. ● Long lead time finishes such as veneers.
● Orders requesting less than standard lead times.Minimum OrderAll orders are subject to a minimum net charge of $50.00.
100% of the acknowledged order value will be charged.Title and Freight
All product shipped F.O.B. Office Specialty's factory in All requests must be in writing by completing the ChangeHolland Landing, Ontario. Title to any product ordered Order Form, available on INSITE, and sent back to and any risk of loss shall pass to the purchaser once deliv- Customer Service. Office Specialty will review the request ered by Office Specialty to the carrier. and if approved, will fax back the completed form, indicating
Subject to the various requirements and terms for applicable charges. The requestor is required to sign theshipping contained herein, freight costs, except freight form and return it to Office Specialty to acknowledge their surcharges, are prepaid and allowed to all points within the acceptance. Note that any change will be rescheduled and contiguous United States. In Canada, freight costs, except freight surcharges, are prepaid and allowed to Toronto, Montreal and Ottawa, only. Outside Canada and the Specificationscontiguous United States, freight is not included. All product specifications in Office Specialty's literature
reflect product specifications in effect at the time the literature was published.
Filing & Storage USA - August 2008 K-1
25%
When order changes or cancellations are not approved,
a new ship date will be determined.
% of Total Order Value 100% 75% 50%
following chart as a guideline only:
Business Days beforeAcknowledged Ship Date
1-10 11-15 16-20 21 or greater
If a request is approved a cancellation change fee willapply and the delivery date may be adjusted. The feewill be determined by Customer Service and will be a per-centage of the total order value. Please refer to the
ment and production processes begin well in advance ofshipment. Therefore, requests for order changes or cancellations must be evaluated and approved by Office Specialty.
is less. Office Specialty reserves the right to delay orcancel any shipment where an account is delinquent.
Change and/or Cancellation of OrderAs Office Specialty products are made to order the procure-
all cases, the payment terms will be governed by theterms indicated on Office Specialty's Order Confirmation.Delinquent accounts are subject to a 1 1/2% per monthcharge or the largest amount permitted by law, whichever
Conditions of Sale
Office Specialty reserves the right to modify product and on product transferred into storage. Any product trans-change product specifications at any time without notice. ferred into storage shall be deemed to constitute good
delivery of such product by Office Specialty, whereuponOrders Involving Customer's Own Material ("COM") Office Specialty shall have the right to invoice purchaser for
Use of any COM must be approved by Office Specialty by such product as of the shipping date.an Application Test prior to acceptance of order. Office Specialty requires sample fabric to assess whether the Drop Shipments and Docking Requirements: Exceptmaterial is suitable for manufacturing on Office Specialty as provided in this paragraph, Office Specialty requires that product. Panel fabrics that have stain retardant or do not all product be shipped only to the dealer's dock and thatmeet UL requirements will not be approved nor accepted by such docking facilities be equipped to handle a 53' Office Specialty and their adhesion will not be warrantied. tractor-trailer with appropriate personnel to offload theOffice Specialty does not warranty any COM and assumes truck. Neither Office Specialty nor the carrier are respons-no responsibility for the appearance, durability, colorfast- ible for offloading product from the truck.ness or performance of any COM. Additional charges for In cases where Office Specialty determines that an order orcertain COM materials may apply. portions thereof represent sufficient product to account
All COM supplied to Office Specialty must be and is for a complete trailer load, Office Specialty may agree, if assumed to be accurately manufactured, free of defects, requested by the purchaser, to ship directly to an endproduction ready and identical to the sample fabric user, provided that the end user has the proper docking provided for the Application Test and does not warrant facilities and personnel to offload the truck as set forthany fabric nor its adhesion if it is not. Color, style and above. Any portion of such order that is less than a trailerquantity of COM supplied to Office Specialty are assumed load quantity will be delivered to a dealer's warehouse,to be correct. Office Specialty cannot be held responsible as stated above.or liable for any inaccuracy or defect in the COM. Any Product that cannot be delivered as a result of failure delay in production due to an inaccuracy or defect by the dealer or end user to meet the above requirementsand any additional costs which may result are the full will be delivered to a warehouse, with redelivery at theresponsibility of the customer. purchaser's expense.
All COM material must be shipped prepaid to Freight Damage Claims: All Office Specialty products areOffice Specialty with the following information clearly marked carefully inspected prior to shipping and are packaged on the shipment: according to International Safe Transit Association (ISTA)• Name of the upholstery, design and color standards. As such, purchaser is advised to examine the• Total yardage provided for each material goods upon receipt as Office Specialty is not responsible • Customer's name for damage to goods that occur in transit or storage. In• Purchase order number addition, Purchaser is advised that it must notify and file• COM approval number. claims of any concealed damage to the product in accor-Orders, involving COM, will only be released and dance with the carrier's terms and conditions. In mostscheduled for production once all COM is on hand in cases, the carrier's requirements will include notificationsufficient quantity. Office Specialty is not liable for and will of any claims relating to concealed goods within 5 daysdispose of any excess COM yardage. of delivery and that a formal freight claim must be filed
with the carrier within 60 days of delivery. In addition,Shipping most carriers require that all packaging be retained andDates: All Order Confirmations contain an estimated available for inspection and the goods left at the originalshipping date(s). This date(s) is approximate only and delivery point. Terms and conditions do vary from carriernot guaranteed. Office Specialty shall in no way be liable to to carrier and the purchaser is advised to consult withthe purchaser or end user for any delays in meeting the the carrier directly for details.estimated shipping date(s). Factory Claims: Claims against Office Specialty, otherMethod and Carrier: Office Specialty reserves the right to than valid warranty claims, must be made in writing within 5select the method of transportation and carrier of choice days after delivery, irrespective of whether productfor any shipment. remains concealed at the delivery site. Office Specialty Deferral and Storage Terms: The purchaser shall have shall not be liable for any non-warranty claims, including 2 hours to off load a standard full load and 1 hour for an but not limited to shortage claims, that are made after 5 LTL. Waiting time charges shall apply afterwards. days from the date of delivery.Where purchaser is unwilling or unable to accept delivery Requests for Special Shipping or Handling: Office of any product that is permitted to be shipped by Specialty will make every effort to accommodate any Office Specialty under the terms of this agreement, such special shipping or packaging requests, provided that product will be transferred into third party storage. Where Office Specialty reserves the right to charge purchaser with the dealer or customer has not designated a storage site, any direct or indirect costs associated with meeting suchOffice Specialty will transfer the goods to a location of its requests if they go beyond Office Specialty's standardchoice. Purchaser will be responsible and billed for any procedures.direct and related costs for such storage. Office Specialty Shipping Weights and Cubic Dimensions: All shippingshall not be liable for any damage or risk of loss incurred weights and cubic dimensions, if provided by Office
K-2 August 2008
Conditions of Sale
Specialty, are approximate. Claims and Returns ProcedureOffice Specialty product may only be returned with Office
Limited Lifetime Warranty Specialty's prior written authorization, whether or not suchOffice Specialty provides a limited lifetime warranty to the product is under warranty. All requests to return product
original user on all Office Specialty filing and storage prod- must be made in writing to Office Specialty and include aucts installed by an authorized Office Specialty installer. description of the product, the reason for the returnThe warranty extends to defects in material and workman- request, proof that the user is the original user, andship in Office Specialty product. Office Specialty will repair, evidence of the date that the product was originally or at its option, provide comparable product, free of delivered. No returned product will be accepted bycharge, products or parts proven to be defective within the Office Specialty without its prior written consent. warranty period. Provided that this warranty does not Except in instances involving a valid warranty claim,apply to: returned product will be subject to shipping, handling, • Product that is damaged during shipment or storage; restocking and restoration charges.• Product that is damaged by the user as a result of
accident, misuse, alteration, tampering, negligence, General Limitation on Office Specialty Liabilityor abuse; The warranty provisions contained herein represent the
• Product that is not installed by an authorized Office purchaser's and end user's sole remedy againstSpecialty installer, used or maintained in accordance Office Specialty for product defect. No other express or with Office Specialty's published installation and/or implied warranty is provided by Office Specialty. Without application guidelines; limiting the generality of the foregoing, Office Specialty
• Product that have had safety devices, warnings or makes no warranty as to fitness of purpose, use, or operation instructions on the product moved, removed merchantability.or altered; Office Specialty shall in no way and under no circum-• Products that has in any way been altered, modified or stances be liable for any incidental, economic,
substituted without Office Specialty's prior written consequential, or exemplary damages.consent and approval;
• Any material provided by the customer for the product Governing Law(ie. COM); All orders and purchases of Office Specialty products
• Normal wear and tear; shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State• Claims and returns that are not made in accordance with of Delaware.
Office Specialty claims and returns procedure out-lined below; or Office Specialty Ltd.
• Parts or components not manufactured by Office 67 Toll Road,Specialty, in which case the warranty as is limited Holland Landing, Ontarioto the warranty that Office Specialty receives from the Canada L9N 1H2manufacturer of the defective part or component. Telephone 905 836 7676
Fax 877 870 0034 (North America)In addition, and without limiting the generality of the 905 836 6091 (International)
forgoing, Office Specialty's warranty is subject to the following specific limitations and exclusions; email: [email protected]
web: www.inscapesolutions.com• Fabrics and veneer components are warranted for a per-
iod of 5 years from the date of delivery;• Non-standard products ("Specials") are warranted for a
period of 1 year from date of delivery;• Locks and lock parts are limited to a warranty period of
10 years from date of delivery;• Light bulbs, ballasts, fluorescent tubes and glass do
not carry a warranty;• The warranty does not cover fading of paint finishes.• MDF fronts are warranted for a period of 3 years from
date of delivery;• The warranty does not cover variations in natural
materials, color match, grain or texture beyondcommercially acceptable standards;
• The warranty does not apply to local code requirementsother than ANSI/BIFMA standards, which are thepurchaser's and/or end user's responsibility to confirm.
• Claims for fabric defect must be made within 30 days ofthe date that the product is delivered.
Office Specialty USA - August 2008 K-3
67 Toll Rd.Holland Landing, ONCanadaL9N 1H2
T 905.836.7676F 905.836.6000
inscapesolutions.com
LUS6400-R15 August 2008